MACTURN 350MACTURN 350-W
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE(1st Edition)Pub No. 6097-E (LE11-240-R1) Oct. 20126097-E P-(i)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SAFETY PRECAUTIONSThe machine is equipped with safety devices which serve to protect personnel and the machine itself from hazards arising from unforeseen accidents. However, operators must not rely exclusively on these safety devices: they must also become fully familiar with the safety guidelines presented below to ensure accident-free operation.This instruction manual and the warning signs attached to the machine cover only those hazards which Okuma can predict. Be aware that they do not cover all possible hazards.
1. Moving and Installing the Machine• There are three methods of moving the machine to any desired location; lifting the machine
using the attached lifting hooks, pushing the machine on rollers, and moving with a forklift truck. Perform any of them with following precautions below.
Precautions for Lifting:a. Use the wire rope of 24 mm (0.94 in.) or over in diameter.
b. Check the wire rope angles so that the ropes do not interfere with the machine.(Do not slant the machine more than 40 degrees from the vertical.)
c. Lift the machine carefully while balancing the machine.
d. When placing the machine on the floor, lower the machine slowly using care not to give shocks to the machine.
(Machine weight including hydraulic unit, control cabinet, NC unit, and tool magazine)
Precautions for Rollinga. Do not tip over or hit the machine against the ground.
Notes on forklift :a. Watch the lower surface of the machine when you move it by forklift and treat with care so
as not to damage the jack bolts or rotary joints with the forklift forks.The machine may come out of the bottom surface of the bed, depending on its specification.
Approximate Machine Mass13,700 kg (30,140 lb) (44-tool magazine)
LE11240R0100100020001
6097-E P-(ii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• When selecting the machine installation site, ensure that the following conditions are met.If not, it may be difficult to perform safe operation or maintain the guaranteed accuracy.
a. The machine ambient temperature is within the range from 5 to 40°C (41 to 104°F).
b. The machine ambient humidity is within the range from 40 to 75% at 20°C and no condensation is allowed.
c. Avoid installation near the factory door because the machine is subject to rapid temperature change by warm or cool air blowing against the machine.
d. Also avoid installation in a place which is subject to direct sunlight.
e. For the installation ground conditions, refer to Section 2 “Transportation and Installation (Relocation).”
f. To maintain the guaranteed accuracy, you are advised to care and control the factory temperature.
2. Before Turning on the Power• Make sure that the doors to the operation panel and the electric control cabinet are closed.
• Make sure that there are no obstacles around the machine.
• Turn on the main power disconnect switch before turning on the CONTROL on the operation panel.
Recommended temperature change for 24 hours: : Within ±2°C (36°F)Temperature difference between the measurement near the floor and the measurement at a position 3 m (10 ft.) high from the floor
: Within 1°C (34°F)
6097-E P-(iii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
3. Chuck Precautions• Always close the front shield before starting the spindle or cutting operations.
• Always observe the spindle speed maximums for the installed chuck.Never run the spindle exceeding the maximum allowable chuck speed.
• If a chuck or fixture is unique to your application, check the maximum allowable spindle speed and stay within the limit. Also, take note of the workpiece gripping force and balance.
• The maximum spindle speed can be limited by inputting a G50 command with the spindle speed. The G50 command helps to ensure safety in operation.
• If the spindle must be rotated close to the maximum allowable chuck speed, observe the following points:The maximum allowable spindle speed and application pressure are indicated on the name plate on the front shield and on the chuck body. The allowable maximum speed and the applicable pressure ensure a chucking force that is more than one-third of the original chuck gripping force with the standard soft-top jaw set in line with the periphery of the chuck body.
a. Make sure that the workpiece clamped in the chuck is balanced.
b. Apply the allowable maximum amount of pressure to grip the workpiece because centrifugal force reduces the chuck gripping force.
• If special jaws (larger than standard soft-top jaws) are used, observe the following points:
a. Lower the spindle speed because centrifugal force and lower efficiency reduce the chuck gripping force.
b. If the jaw tightening nut (jaw nut) is outside of the periphery of the chuck, only one tightening bolt is holding the jaws in place. This is a potentially dangerous condition. Jaw nuts must always be within the periphery of the chuck.
c. Machine the jaws to the workpiece shape.
• Securely tighten the bolts on the chuck body, the jaws, and the block to the specified torque. Use lubrication oil. Make sure that the torque is at least 392 to 490 N (88 to 110 lbf).
6097-E P-(iv)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
4. General Checks• Check the amount of lubricating oil every day before starting operation.
• Always use the specified brand of lubricating oil.
• Use the recommended type of cutting fluid (coolant) when possible.
• It is recommended to use a water-soluble coolant to prevent fire. Do not attempt unmanned operation if a non-soluble coolant is used.
• Change and replenish the lubricating oil and coolant in each reservoir according to the schedules in the manual.
• Clean the filters according to the schedules in the manual.
• Make sure that each pressure gauge on the air and hydraulic lines display the correct value as described in this manual.
• Always turn off the power before beginning any work inside the front shield. In addition, turn off the power before beginning work at the back of the machine that requires an operator to enter the machine operating zone.
6097-E P-(v)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
5. Before Starting Operation• Always follow the instructions in the operation manual.
• Always make sure that all of the protective covers including the front door and the chuck cover are in place before operating the machine.
• Always close the front shield before starting operation.
• Never attempt to run a new program without checking its operation. Run the program without a workpiece set in the chuck and make sure that there is no interference. After making sure that the program has no bugs, cut a workpiece in the single block mode. If no problems are discovered, automatic operation may be started.
• Before attempting the following operations, make sure that they can be accomplished safety.
a. Spindle rotation
b. Turret indexing
c. Axis movement
• Never touch chips or the workpiece while the spindle is rotating.
• Never attempt to stop a moving object by hand or with a tool.
• Check the jaw installation conditions, the hydraulic pressure, and the maximum allowable spindle speed for the power chuck.
• Check the installation and arrangement of the tools.
• Check the tool offset settings.
• Check the zero offset settings.
• Make sure that the spindle speed and feedrate override settings are at 100%.
• Before feeding the turret, check the software limit setting position for both the X- and Z- axes.
• Check the turret index/rotation position.
• Check the tailstock body position.
• Make sure the cutting operation is within the allowable transmission power and torque ranges.
• Make sure that the workpiece securely fitted in the chuck or fixture.
• Check the cutting fluid nozzle positions. They must be set to properly supply cutting fluid to the appropriate points.
6097-E P-(vi)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
6. Precautions against Fire• Selecting Coolant
Use nonflammable coolant.a. Never use oil coolant because it could catch fire from heated chips, tool’s frictional heat, or
grinding spark.
When using oil coolant for unavoidable reason, observe the following:a. Check the tool edge condition, tool life, and set the cutting conditions that never cause fire
before you start machining.
b. Clean the coolant filter at regular intervals to maintain sufficient coolant discharge, and always check the coolant for normal discharge.
c. Take every measures so that you can extinguish the fire immediately by placing a fire extinguisher near the machine and have an operator always watch the machining condition, or installing an auto extinguisher.
d. Do not place any flammable objects near the machine.
e. Dispose of chips not to allow them to stack.
f. Periodically clean the inside and surrounding of the machine while checking that all the devices are normally operating.
g. Never attempt untended operation.
h. When using oil coolant for grinding, you are requested to install fire-fighting equipment such as auto extinguisher. In this case, inform us of your intention in the stage of examining your facility.
• When machining flammable material
a. Before machining any of the flammable solid materials such as resin, rubber, or wood, carefully study and understand the material characteristics and observe the above precautions to take all possible measures to prevent fire.
b. Use particular care when machining magnesium, because its chips react to the water-soluble coolant and generate hydrogen. The hydrogen may catch fire from burnt chips, resulting in explosive fire.
• Performing Dry Machining
a. Dry machining is a fire hazard because workpiece, tool, or chips are not cooled. Therefore, never place any flammable objects near the machine and dispose of chips not to allow them to stack.
b. Take the same safety measures as in the case of using oil coolant described above, such as checking the tool edge state and tool life, and setting cutting conditions that never cause fire.
• Emergency Measures in Door-close and Power-OFF State
a. Should fire break out in the machine when the door is closed and the power is OFF, open the door using the door lock switch release key and extinguish the fire.(For details, refer to “Safety door switch” in SECTION 3. 3-2-11. Interlock.)
6097-E P-(vii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
7. Setup• Make sure that setup is complete.
• If the setup is changed, operate the machine step-by-step to make sure that cutting can be performed without any problems.
• Before changing the chuck and/or chuck jaws, make sure that the chuck fits the intended job.
• If two or more workers must work together, establish signals so that they can communicate (for example, when lifting or setting heavy objects). Each worker should be aware when a new process is about to begin.
• Use a crane or equivalent tool to handle heavy objects.
• When attempting an unfamiliar setup, recheck the setup before beginning operation.
• Remove unnecessary toolholders from the turret.
• Ensure that the bolts for fixing the toolholders to the turret are securely tightened.
• Remove the bolts which are not used for fixing the toolholders.
8. Workpiece Loading and Unloading• Make sure that workpieces are loaded and unloaded securely.
• Before loading or unloading a workpiece, retract the turret so that the cutting tools in the turret cannot injure the operator.
• Before loading and unloading a workpiece, make sure that the spindle has come to a complete stop.
• Before running a new program, rotate the spindle to make sure that the workpiece is securely clamped in the chuck.
• Before machining an irregularly-shaped workpiece, make sure that it is balanced properly.
• When handling heavy workpieces, use a crane, hoist, or other similar tool.
• Before loading a workpiece, make sure that the workpiece has a portion that can be used for proper chucking.
9. At the End of the Day• Clean the machine.
• Move the turret to the predetermined retraction position.
• Turn off the CONTROL, before turning off the main power disconnect switch.
• Make sure all power switches are turned off.
6097-E P-(viii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
10. When a Problem Occurs• Stop the machine immediately by pressing the EMERGENCY STOP switch on the operation
panel.
• Consult with the person in charge of maintenance to determine what corrective measures need to be taken.
• If two or more workers must work together, establish signals so that they can communicate (for example, when lifting or setting heavy objects). Each worker should be aware when a new process is about to begin.
• Only use specified replacement parts and fuses.
11. Powerful Magnet inside the ProductSome products contain powerful magnets, which could be dangerous if exposed by disassembling the products. Those which contain powerful magnets are provided with a caution plate to indicate where such magnets are used.
(1) Get assistance from Okuma for disassembling or repairing the powerful magnet housing unit.
• It is dangerous as strong magnetic attraction is exposed while/after disassembling the strong magnetic housing unit.
• Disassembling work requires special knowledge and jigs.
(2) Danger of powerful magnetFollowing are the examples of possible damage caused by being close to powerful magnet.
• Medical electronic instruments such as pacemaker produce malfunction, resulting in serious bodily injury or loss of life.
• Implanted magnetic metal devices such as artificial eye, clip used for artery of the brain, etc. get attracted by powerful magnet, resulting in loss of life.
• Metal clothing accessories get attracted by powerful magnet, resulting in bodily injury.
• Tools or parts get attracted by powerful magnet, resulting in bodily injury.
• Precision instrument becomes out of order.
• Magnetic memory device causes data loss.
(3) Contact Okuma when disassembling a magnet housing unit is necessary to dispose of the machine.
12. General Precautions• Wear appropriate clothing.
• Keep the machine and the area around it clean and organized.
• Never touch controls or switches with wet hands.
6097-E P-(ix)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
13. Safety Devices and Functions
14. Symbols Used in This ManualThe following warning indications are used in this manual to draw attention to information of particular importance. Read the instructions marked with these symbols carefully and follow them.
Contents Location RemarkFront shield with safety glass and polycarbonate MachineShield open/close interlock MachineChuck interlock Electric control cabinetTailstock sleeve interlock Electric control cabinetTailstock sleeve position confirmation Electric control cabinet optionalFoot pedal protection cover Machine optionalSoftware limit Operation panelChuck barrier Operation panelTurret barrier Operation panelTailstock barrier Operation panel optionalEmergency stop button Operation panelSlide hold button Operation panelAlarm display Operation panelShort circuit breaker Electric control cabinet optionalSelf-lock cylinder for chuck MachineCycle start requiring simultaneous depression of both buttons Machine optionalTurret rotation at low speeds (manual) MachineTool magazine door open/close interlock Machine
6097-E P-(x)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
15. For Safe Chuck Work• When using a chuck, refer to the instruction manual provided by the manufacture of the chuck.
And strictly observe the safety items stated in the manual.
• Set the chuck gripping force by ensuring sufficient margin of safety (2 to 3 or over). Run the spindle within the allowable speed range set at this time.
• In constant peripheral speed cutting, calculate the actual machining speed before designating G50 (max. speed limit function).
• Secure the jaw gripping depth as much as possible.
Centrifugal force
μ× (F0-f)×R0>F1×R1
F1F0
R0 R1
(Cutting force)
LE11240R0100100160001
N = (1000 × V) / (π × D)
N:Spindle speedV:Cutting speed
π:Circumference-to-diameter ratio, 3.14
D:Machining diameter
LE11240R0100100160002
Must bedeep
LE11240R0100100160003
6097-E P-(xi)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• When gripping a workpiece, soft top jaws must be at the central area of the entire jaws stroke (see the illustration) or the base line mark on the master jaws must be located within the appropriate chuck stroke range.
• Before machining an unbalanced workpiece, carry out balancing of the workpiece weight by gradually changing the spindle speed.
• Never attempt to install jigs using T-nut.Be sure to fix the jigs with bolts.No chucks prepared by Okuma have T-groove.
• When inserting a bar material into the hollow chuck, ensure that the bar does not protrude from the rear end of the cylinder.
Appro
priate
strok
e ran
geCe
ntral o
ne th
ird of
the e
ntire s
troke
Entire
strok
e
LE11240R0100100160004
Clamping block Balance weight
LE11240R0100100160005
T-slot Jig
Jaw
T-nut
Bolt
LE11240R0100100160006
Cylinder Hollow chuck
LE11240R0100100160007
6097-E P-(xii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Never use double chucking method.
16. Caution Plate• The machine and its components are fitted with various caution plates. Carefully read these
plates and follow the instructions described there.
• Do not tear or damage the caution plates. In case a plate has been lost or become illegible, ask us for a new plate, quoting the Okuma part number written in this manual.
Chuck
Workpiece
LE11240R0100100160008
6097-E P-(xiii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
16-1. Caution Plate Positions
10
23
1112
15610 3
119
5
10
2
78
9
18
17
4 10
1314
169
21 2220
LE11240R0100100180001
6097-E P-(xiv)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Japanese English German Swedish Dutch1 Warning caution H1090-1023-68-1 H1090-1164-54 H1090-1019-31-3 H1090-1029-74-3 H1044-1104-04-1
2 Instruction for oil supply to the machine body (Model with sub spindle-OP)
H1090-1046-44-9 H1090-1187-47 H1090-1048-22-6 H1090-1048-01-7 H1090-1074-41-1
3 Instruction for chuck pressure setting H1042-1173-79-3 H1044-1096-46-3 H1044-1099-06-3 H1044-1098-88-3 H1044-1103-96-2
4 Instruction for sub-chuck pressure setting (OP) H1042-1173-80-3 H1044-1096-47-4 H1044-1099-07-3 H1044-1098-89-4 H1044-1103-97-2
5 Warning H1090-1164-51-1 H1090-1164-52-1 H1090-1166-87-1 H1090-1166-88-1 H1090-1166-89-1
6 Warning against X-axis turret falling H1090-1046-45 H1090-1047-93 H1090-1048-23 H1090-1048-02 H1044-1104-08
7 Caution for cover removal H1090-1020-35 H1090-1018-33 H1090-1020-36-1 H1090-1020-37-2 H1090-1020-38-2
8 Caution for oil mist filter clogging H1090-1074-26 H1090-1074-27 H1090-1074-28-1 H1090-1074-29-1 H1090-1074-30
9 Caution for ABSOSCALE (OP) H1090-1074-33 H1090-1074-34 H1090-1074-35-1 H1090-1074-36-1 H1090-1074-37
10 Notice for ATC H1090-1019-87-1 H1090-1019-77-1 H1090-1019-82-2 H1090-1029-71-2 H1090-1074-42
11 Caution for magazine operation H1090-1039-34-3 H1090-1047-91-2 H1090-1048-21-3 H1090-1047-99-2 H1044-1104-06-2
12 Notice for touch setter (OP) H1090-1017-48-1 H1090-1024-07-1 H1090-1028-87-2 H1090-1029-96-1 H1090-1029-03-1
13 Notice for MG manual exchanging H1090-1054-39-1 H1090-1054-40-1 H1090-1054-63-2 H1090-1054-64-1 H1090-1074-43
14 Oil mist unit working pressure setting H1042-1156-74-2 H1044-1099-78 H1044-1099-82 H1044-1099-84 H1044-1104-02
15 Oil mist manifold pressure setting H1042-1156-73-2 H1044-1099-77 H1044-1099-81 H1044-1099-83-1 H1044-1104-01
16 Caution for safety glass H1090-1042-24 H1090-1041-56 H1090-1042-26-2 H1090-1042-30-2 H1090-1042-28-1
17 Caution for tool change H1090-1079-14 H1090-1079-48 H1090-1079-50-1 H1090-1080-05-1 H1090-1080-03
18 Door lock warning H1090-1050-06 H1090-1050-26 H1090-1057-69 H1090-1057-70 H1090-1057-71
19 Caution for footstep (OP) H1090-1090-62 H1090-1091-84 H1090-1091-85 H1090-1091-91 H1090-1091-94
Danish French Italian Spanish Turkish1 Warning caution H1090-1052-35-2 H1090-1019-23-2 H1090-1019-24-2 H1090-1032-96-2 H1090-1094-22-1
2 Instruction for oil supply to the machine body (Model with sub spindle-OP)
H1090-1052-36-4 H1090-1065-76-3 H1090-1053-38-4 H1090-1079-57-1 H1090-1095-90
3 Instruction for chuck pressure setting H1044-1101-33-3 H1044-1105-22-2 H1044-1101-79-2 H1044-1109-76-1 H1044-1115-33
4 Instruction for sub-chuck pressure setting (OP) H1044-1101-34-2 H1044-1106-22-2 H1044-1101-80-2 H1044-1109-80-1 H1044-1115-34
5 Warning H1090-1166-91-1 H1090-1166-92-1 H1090-1166-93-1 H1090-1166-94-1 H1090-1166-96-1
6 Warning against X-axis turret falling H1090-1052-79-1 H1090-1062-69 H1090-1053-72 H1090-1079-54-1 H1090-1095-91
7 Caution for cover removal H1090-1020-40-2 H1090-1018-34-1 H1090-1020-41 H1090-1024-12-1 H1090-1038-75-2
8 Caution for oil mist filter clogging H1090-1074-31-1 H1090-1062-65-1 H1090-1074-32 H1090-1079-59-1 H1090-1094-26
9 Caution for ABSOSCALE (OP) H1090-1074-38-1 H1090-1074-39 H1090-1074-40 H1090-1030-72-1 H1090-1078-95
10 Notice for ATC H1090-1019-86-2 H1090-1025-88-1 H1090-1029-83-1 H1090-1079-55 H1090-1094-27
11 Caution for magazine operation H1090-1052-34-4 H1090-1062-67-2 H1090-1053-36-2 H1090-1081-77-1 H1090-1094-28
12 Notice for touch setter (OP) H1090-1028-94-2 H1090-1028-88-1 H1090-1028-89-1 H1090-1029-63-2 H1090-1066-01-1
13 Notice for MG manual exchanging H1090-1054-65-2 H1090-1062-66-2 H1090-1054-66-1 H1090-1079-58 H1090-1095-94
14 Oil mist unit working pressure setting H1044-1101-16-1 H1044-1105-21 H1044-1101-48 H1090-1079-78-1 H1044-1115-35
15 Oil mist manifold pressure setting H1044-1101-15-1 H1044-1105-20 H1044-1101-47 H1090-1079-77-1 H1044-1115-36
16 Caution for safety glass H1090-1042-31-2 H1090-1042-27 H1090-1042-29-1 H1090-1042-25-1 H1090-1066-02-1
17 Caution for tool change H1090-1080-04-1 H1090-1079-51 H1090-1079-52 H1090-1081-79 H1090-1094-37
18 Door lock warning H1090-1057-73 H1090-1057-74 H1090-1057-75-1 H1090-1057-76 H1090-1057-41-1
19 Caution for footstep (OP) H1090-1091-90 H1090-1091-86 H1090-1091-87 H1090-1091-88 H1090-1091-93
6097-E P-(xv)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
16-2. Caution Plates and Okuma Part Numbers
• [1] Warning cautionOkuma Part No. H1090-1164-54
LE11240R0100100190024
6097-E P-(xvi)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [2] Instruction for oil supply to the machine body (Model with sub spindle-OP)Okuma Part No. H1090-1187-47
LE11240R0100100190025
6097-E P-(xvii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [3] Instruction for chuck pressure settingOkuma Part No. H1044-1096-46-3
• [4] Instruction for sub-chuck pressure setting (OP)Okuma Part No. H1044-1096-47-4
LE11240R0100100190026
LE11240R0100100190027
6097-E P-(xviii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [5] WarningOkuma Part No. H1090-1164-52-1
• [6] Warning against X-axis turret fallingOkuma Part No. H1090-1047-93
LE11240R0100100190028
Optional
Example of Slip Preventive Measure
WARNINGBefore removing X-axis feed servomotor for maintenance orinspection of X-axis ball screw, servomotor or other relatedparts, be sure to prevent the upper and lower turrets fromslipping down using wood blocks or the like.Negligence of this may cause a turret to slip accidentally,resulting in serious injury.
Prop up the turretsusing wood blocks
LE11240R0100100190029
6097-E P-(xix)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [7] Caution for cover removalOkuma Part No. H1090-1018-33
• [8] Caution for oil mist filter cloggingOkuma Part No. H1090-1074-27
• [9] Caution for ABSOSCALE (OP)Okuma Part No. H1090-1074-34
PERSONAL INJURY.FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS INSTRUCTION MAY RESULT INREMOVING THIS COVER.ALWAYS TURN THE MAIN POWER SWITCH "OFF" BEFORE
CAUTION
LE11240R0100100190030
LE11240R0100100190031
LE11240R0100100190032
6097-E P-(xx)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [10] Notice for ATCOkuma Part No. H1090-1019-77-1
• [11] Caution for magazine operationOkuma Part No. H1090-1047-91-2
LE11240R0100100190033
LE11240R0100100190034
6097-E P-(xxi)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [12] Notice for touch setter (OP)Okuma Part No. H1090-1024-07-1
LE11240R0100100190035
6097-E P-(xxii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [13] Notice for MG manual exchangingOkuma Part No. H1090-1054-40-1
• [14] Oil mist unit working pressure settingOkuma Part No. H1044-1099-78
• [15] Oil mist manifold pressure settingOkuma Part No. H1044-1099-77
LE11240R0100100190036
LE11240R0100100190037
LE11240R0100100190038
6097-E P-(xxiii)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [16] Caution for safety glassOkuma Part No. H1090-1041-56
• [17] Caution for tool changeOkuma Part No. H1090-1079-48
LE11240R0100100190039
LE11240R0100100190040
6097-E P-(xxiv)SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• [18] Door lock warningOkuma Part No. H1090-1050-26
• [19] Caution for footstep (OP)Okuma Part No. H1090-1091-84
LE11240R0100100190041
LE11240R0100100190023
6097-E P-(i)INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTIONThis manual explains the proper handling of the machine to make the best use of its performance and the maintenance inspection to maintain the machining accuracy for a long period of time. Carefully read this manual and follow the instructions described there.
6097-E P-(i)TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 OUTLINE...............................................................................................1
1-1. Machine Overview ............................................................................................................. 11-1-1. Features of Machine Components ...................................................................... 21-1-2. Features of Machine Functions ........................................................................... 21-1-3. Workpieces and Tools......................................................................................... 3
1-2. Machine Specifications...................................................................................................... 41-2-1. Specification Table .............................................................................................. 41-2-2. Dimensional Drawing .......................................................................................... 7
SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION).................8
2-1. Site Selection Guidelines................................................................................................... 82-1-1. Water for Plant .................................................................................................... 82-1-2. Care in Machine Transportation .......................................................................... 8
2-2. Foundation Requirements ............................................................................................... 102-2-1. Safety Instructions for Foundation Work ........................................................... 10
2-3. General Procedure for Installation................................................................................... 112-3-1. Installation Procedure........................................................................................ 112-3-2. Precautions for Installation ................................................................................ 11
2-4. Leveling the Machine....................................................................................................... 122-4-1. Leveling Procedure ........................................................................................... 12
2-5. Foundation Plan .............................................................................................................. 13
2-6. Power Requirements and Fuse Capacity ........................................................................ 142-6-1. Inspection of Cable Connection ........................................................................ 15
2-7. Oils to Be Prepared before Installation ............................................................................ 16
SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE) ..........................................................17
3-1. Before Starting Operations .............................................................................................. 173-1-1. NC Operation .................................................................................................... 17
3-2. Machine Operation .......................................................................................................... 183-2-1. Axis Direction .................................................................................................... 183-2-2. Hydraulic Power Unit ......................................................................................... 193-2-3. Spindle Speed Selection (Transmission Power/Torque Diagram) .................... 233-2-4. Rotary Tool (M-tool) Spindle Power-Torque Diagram ....................................... 293-2-5. C-axis Brake...................................................................................................... 323-2-6. Hydraulic Power Chuck ..................................................................................... 333-2-7. Cutting Soft Top Jaws of Power Chuck............................................................. 453-2-8. Hydraulic Tailstock Operation ........................................................................... 463-2-9. Precautions in Handling Turret.......................................................................... 513-2-10. ATC ................................................................................................................... 523-2-11. Interlock............................................................................................................. 67
6097-E P-(ii)TABLE OF CONTENTS
3-2-12. After Completion of a Day’s Operation.............................................................. 683-2-13. Manually Operated Chuck................................................................................. 69
SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION) ......................................................................................75
4-1. Preparation of Air Source ................................................................................................ 764-1-1. Moisture............................................................................................................. 764-1-2. Filter Drain......................................................................................................... 764-1-3. Selecting a Compressor .................................................................................... 76
4-2. Lubrication ....................................................................................................................... 774-2-1. Lubricating Oil Specification .............................................................................. 794-2-2. Spindle Lubrication System............................................................................... 804-2-3. Lubrication System for Bed/Saddle/Cross-slide Slideways............................... 804-2-4. Turret................................................................................................................. 814-2-5. ATC Cam Box ................................................................................................... 814-2-6. Maintenance and Inspection of HSK Tool Clamping Unit (HSK Tool
Specification)..................................................................................................... 82
4-3. Adjusting Centralized Lubrication Unit............................................................................. 844-3-1. Adjusting Pump Delivery ................................................................................... 844-3-2. Maintenance and Countermeasure ................................................................... 844-3-3. Other Remarks .................................................................................................. 85
4-4. Inspecting and Replenishing Oil Mist Lubrication Unit..................................................... 864-4-1. Air Flow Rate..................................................................................................... 864-4-2. Checking Air Pressure....................................................................................... 864-4-3. Replenishment .................................................................................................. 87
4-5. Lubrication and Cleaning of Spindle Cooling Unit ........................................................... 884-5-1. Main Spindle Cooling Unit ................................................................................. 884-5-2. Rotary Tool (M-tool) Spindle Cooling Unit......................................................... 904-5-3. Sub Spindle Cooling Unit .................................................................................. 92
4-6. Removing Sludge from Coolant Unit ............................................................................... 944-6-1. Procedure for Cleaning Separate Coolant Tank ............................................... 944-6-2. Cleaning the Filter ............................................................................................. 954-6-3. Cleaning the Fine Chips Collection Bucket ....................................................... 954-6-4. Thickener Bag Filter (Changing Procedure of Element).................................... 96
4-7. Collecting Used Lubricating Oil ....................................................................................... 97
4-8. Tensioning Belts .............................................................................................................. 984-8-1. Timing Belt for the XB-axis Servomotor ............................................................ 98
4-9. Adjusting the ATC............................................................................................................ 99
4-10. Other Maintenance Items .............................................................................................. 1014-10-1. Alignment of Headstock .................................................................................. 1014-10-2. Measures to Be Taken when Inspecting X-axis Ball Screw ............................ 102
4-11. Front Door Safety Window Glass Replacement ............................................................ 1034-11-1. Replacement Interval ...................................................................................... 1034-11-2. Replacement Procedure.................................................................................. 104
6097-E P-(iii)TABLE OF CONTENTS
4-12. Troubleshooting............................................................................................................. 1114-12-1. Trouble with Headstock................................................................................... 1114-12-2. Trouble with Turret .......................................................................................... 1124-12-3. Others.............................................................................................................. 113
SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST .........................................................................114
5-1. Air Unit ........................................................................................................................... 114
5-2. Hydraulic Equipment ..................................................................................................... 115
5-3. Electrical Parts (Mounted in Machine)........................................................................... 116
5-4. Consumable Parts ......................................................................................................... 117
SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA ............................................................................121
6-1. Tooling System.............................................................................................................. 1216-1-1. BT-40 Tooling (BIG-PLUS Specifications) ...................................................... 1216-1-2. HSK-A63 Tooling............................................................................................. 1226-1-3. CAPTO-C6 Tooling ......................................................................................... 1236-1-4. Tooling System (Lower Turret)........................................................................ 124
6-2. Toolholder Dimensions.................................................................................................. 1256-2-1. BT40 (BIG PLUS Specifications)..................................................................... 1256-2-2. HSK Tool ......................................................................................................... 1326-2-3. CAPTO-C6 Tool .............................................................................................. 1416-2-4. Toolholder Dimensions (Lower Turret)............................................................ 149
6-3. Lower Turret Tool Interference Diagram (Turret Rotation) ............................................ 154
6-4. Classification of Tools.................................................................................................... 1556-4-1. BT40 (BIG PLUS Tooling) ............................................................................... 1576-4-2. HSK-A63 ......................................................................................................... 1606-4-3. CAPTO-C6 ...................................................................................................... 163
6-5. Working Ranges ............................................................................................................ 1666-5-1. Turning Tool (BT40 BIG PLUS) [Tailstock Model]........................................... 1666-5-2. Turning Tool (BT40 BIG PLUS) [Sub Spindle Model] ..................................... 1706-5-3. Turning Tool (HSK-A63) [Tailstock Model] ...................................................... 1786-5-4. Turning Tool (HSK-A63) [Sub Spindle Model]................................................. 1866-5-5. Turning Tool (CAPTO-C6) [Tailstock Model]................................................... 2026-5-6. Turning Tool (CAPTO-C6) [Sub Spindle Model] ............................................. 2106-5-7. Rotary Tool (BT40 BBT40-NBS20-90) ............................................................ 2226-5-8. Rotary Tool (HSK-A63 tool A63DN-CTH20-90S06)........................................ 2286-5-9. Turning Tool (Lower Turret) ............................................................................ 2346-5-10. Working Ranges of Upper and Lower Turrets in Longitudinal Direction.............. 2446-5-11. B-axis Rotation Range .................................................................................... 245
6-6. Dimensions of Spindle Nose ......................................................................................... 246
6-7. Hydraulic Power Chuck and Cylinder ............................................................................ 249
6-8. Hydraulic Circuit Diagram.............................................................................................. 252
6-9. Air Circuit Diagram ........................................................................................................ 254
6097-E P-(iv)TABLE OF CONTENTS
6-10. Piping Drawings............................................................................................................. 2556-10-1. Hydraulic Piping .............................................................................................. 2556-10-2. Pneumatic Piping ............................................................................................ 265
6097-E P-1SECTION 1 OUTLINE
SECTION 1 OUTLINE
1-1. Machine OverviewThis machine is an NC-controlled, high-speed, high-precision multitasking machine. The machine has a main spindle for turning, opposite spindle or tailstock for turning, milling spindle, lower turret, and ATC unit. Besides turning, it can perform multitask machining such as milling, drilling, boring, tapping and grinding using the indexing function (B-axis) for indexing the H1 turret at a desired angle in a single setup. The lower turret greatly reduces machining time. The opposite spindle model can transfer a workpiece between the main spindle and the opposing spindle, enabling front-back machining of the workpiece.The machine, designed for high-speed and high-precision machining, can also promote automation and labor saving. With high productivity and machining accuracy, the machine is suitably used for machining of parts in a wide application range including automobiles, construction equipment, airplanes, hydraulic/pneumatic equipment, and molds.The machine is available in six types; "2ST type" having no opposing spindle or tailstock, "2SC type" having a tailstock, "2SW type" having an opposing spindle, "1ST type" having no opposing spindle, tailstock or lower turret, "1SC type" having a tailstock but no lower turret, and "1SW type" having an opposing spindle but no lower turret.
Axis Moving Directions in the Machine Coordinate System
C-axis (+)
C-axis (-)
Axis moving directions
C-axis (-)
Main spindle
Opposing spindle or tailstock
H1 turret
W-axis (+)W-axis (-)
ZA-axis (+)
XA-axis (+)Y-axis (+)
Y-axis (-)
ZA-axis (-)
XA-axis (-)
B-axis (-)B-axis (+)
C-axis (+)
M spindle reverse rotation
M spindle forward rotation
ZB-axis (-)
XB-axis (-)
ZB-axis (+)
XB-axis (+) Lower turret
LE11240R0100300010001
6097-E P-2SECTION 1 OUTLINE
1-1-1. Features of Machine Components
(1) Main spindle
• Bearing diameter: Φ100 (3.94), driven by a built-in motor, max speed: 5,000 min-1 (Optional bearing diameter: Φ120 (4.72), and max speed: 3,800 min-1)
• High power spindle: 22/15 kW (30/20 hp) (20 min/cont at 5,000 min-1)(Optional: 22/15 kW (30/20 hp), max 3,800 min-1)
(2) Opposing spindle
• Bearing diameter: Φ80 (3.15), driven by a built-in motor, max speed: 6,000 min-1
(Optional bearing diameter: Φ100 (3.94), and max speed: 5,000 min-1)
• High power spindle: 11/7.5 kW (15/10 hp) (20 min/cont at 6,000 min-1)(Optional: 11/7.5 kW (15/10 hp), max 5,000 min-1)
(3) Milling tool spindle (M spindle)
• Driven by a built-in motor, max speed 6,000 min-1 (Optional: 12,000 min-1)
• High power spindle: 11/7.5/5.5 kW (15/10/7.5 hp) (3 min/20 min/cont at 6,000 min-1, 12,000 min-1, 11/7.5/5.5 kW (15/10/7.5 hp))
1-1-2. Features of Machine Functions
(1) High-speed positioning at a rapid traverse of 40 m/min (1,574.80 ipm) (ZA-, ZB-, W-axis), 30 m/min (1,181.10 ipm) (XA-, XB-axis), and 26 m/min (1,023.62 ipm) (Y-axis)
(2) Extremely low thermal deformation realized by a unique construction and control of the machine
(3) ATC storage capacity: up to 44 tools (with options)
(4) A wide variety of options are available such as coolant unit, chip handling equipment, automatic gauging unit, tool management, and fixtures.
(5) A full-enclosure shielding is provided as standard equipment to keep the working environment clean.
6097-E P-3SECTION 1 OUTLINE
1-1-3. Workpieces and Tools
(1) Workpiece materialsThe machine can cut ordinary structural steels represented by carbon steel, ferrous material such as castings, and non-ferrous material such as aluminum.The machine can also cut non-metallic materials such as ceramics or graphite. These materials, however, require dust preventive measures to protect the human body and the machine from dust. Consult us for the measures.When cutting an ignitable material, provide sufficient safety measures according to 6. Precautions against Fire under "Safety Precautions" at the beginning of this operation manual.
(2) Max Workpiece Size and MassFor the maximum machining dimensions, refer to 1-2-1. "Specification Table" of the subsection 1-2 "Machine Specifications" under SECTION 1 of this operation manual. The machine can handle up to the following workpiece mass (including the chuck weight): One-side support (chuck work)= 110 kg (242 lb) [OP. 180 kg (396 lb)] Support between centers (center work)= 350 kg (770 lb)An imbalanced workpiece may disable the machine to exert its full performance even if the workpiece size and mass are within the allowable ranges. Take the workpiece balance into consideration and make sure that the workpiece is securely chucked to ensure safety in machining.
(3) Maximum Tool Size and MassFor the maximum tool size, see the requirements specified in 6-4-1, 6-4-2 and 6-4-3 of SECTION 6 in this manual. The machine can handle a maximum tool mass of 7 kg (15 lb).Even if the tool does not exceed the maximum mass, it cannot be used exceeding the maximum tool mass moment specified in 3-2-10. of SECTION 3. If the tool is used at a rotation speed exceeding the allowable limit, the tool breakage may result.
6097-E P-4SECTION 1 OUTLINE
1-2. Machine Specifications
1-2-1. Specification Table
Item Unit MACTURN 350 MACTURN 350-WCAPACITY
Swing over bed mm (in.) Φ530 (20.87)Distance between noses mm (in.) 1940 (76.38)
Max. turning diameter mm (in.) Φ550 (21.65)MAX. WORKPIECE WEIGHT (including chuck weight)
Main-spindle
One-side support kg (lb) 110 (242) [OP. 180 (396)]
Support between centers
kg (lb) 350 (770)
Sub-spindle One-side support kg (lb) 50 (110) [OP. 110 (242)]
MAIN SPINDLESpindle nose JIS A2-6 (OP. JIS A2-8)
Spindle speed min-1 38 to 5000 (OP. 38 to 3800)Spindle diameter mm (in.) Φ100 (3.94) [OP. Φ120 (4.72)]
SUB SPINDLESpindle nose Φ140 (5.51) flat nose (OP. JIS A2-6)
Spindle speed min-1 50 to 6000 (OP. 50 to 5000)
Spindle diameter mm (in.) Φ80 (3.15) [OP. Φ100 (3.94)]Z-AXIS
Axis travel mm (in.) ZA: 1670 (65.75), ZB: 1655 (65.16)Feedrate mm/min (ipm) 40,000 (1574.80)
W-AXISAxis travel mm (in.) - 1680 (66.14)
Feedrate mm/min (ipm) - 40,000(1574.80)X-AXIS
Axis travel mm (in.) XA: 505 (19.88), XB: 210 (8.27)Feedrate mm/min (ipm) 30,000 (1181.10)
Y-AXISAxis travel mm (in.) -95 (-3.74) to +95 (+3.74)
Feedrate mm/min (ipm) 26,000 (1023.62)C-AXIS
Control angle degree 360 (Min. control angle 0.001)Feedrate min-1 200
B-AXISB-axis index range degree -15 to 195
Index angle degree 1 (OP. 0.001)
6097-E P-5SECTION 1 OUTLINE
UPPER TURRETType H1
No. of tools 1 L or M toolTool
OD mm (in.) 25 sq. (0.98)ID mm (in.) Φ40 (1.57)
Milling tool spindle speed min-1 6000 (OP.12000)
Milling tool spindle max.torque
N-m 65.1/47.7 (48.0/35.2) (5 min/20 min)
TAILSTOCKTailstock diameter mm (in.) Φ90 (3.54) -
Tailstock TAPERED BORE MT. No. 5 -Tailstock travel mm (in.) 150 (5.91) -
LOWER TURRET (Option)Type V12, VDI
No. of tools 12 L toolsTool
OD mm (in.) 25 sq. (0.98)ID mm (in.) Φ40 (1.57)
ATC MAGAZINETool shank BT40 BIG PLUS or HSK-A63 or CAPTO-C6 or KM63
Max. tool mass kg (lb) 7 (15) [10 (22)]Max. tool length mm (in.) 300 (11.81) (except shank part)
Max. tool diameter mm (in.) Φ130 (5.12)Tool storage capacity No. of tools 30 (OP. 44)
MOTORMain spindle kW (hp) 22/15 (30/20) (20 min/cont.)Sub spindle kW (hp) 11/7.5 (15/10) (30 min/cont.)
XB-axis kW (hp) 4 (5.3) × 1XA-axis, ZA-axis, ZB-axis,
W-axiskW (hp) 6 (8.0) × 3 6 (8.0) × 4
YS-axis kW (hp) 3 (4.0)B-axis kW (hp) 2.8 (3.73)
Hydraulic pump kW (hp) 2.2 (3)Lubrication pump kW (hp) 0.017 (0.0227)
Coolant pump kW (hp) 0.25 (0.333) × 2, 0.8 (1.07) x 2Milling tool kW (hp) VAC 7.5/5.5 (10/7.5) (5 min/20 min)
Magazine rotary kW (hp) 0.75 (1)ATC kW (hp) 3.6 (4.80)
POWER SOURCEGeneral power kVA 37.4 52.2
Voltage V 200Primary voltage tap of
the transformer suppliedfrom Okuma
V 220/240/380/415/440/480
Item Unit MACTURN 350 MACTURN 350-W
6097-E P-6SECTION 1 OUTLINE
Frequency Hz 50/60Protect level forcontrol cabinet IEC IP54
MACHINE HEIGHT mm (in.) 2950 (116.14)REQUIRED FLOOR SPACE
mm × mm(in. × in.)
4560 × 2640(179.53 × 103.94)
NET MASS kg (lb) 13,700 (30,140) 13,700 (30,140)
Item Unit MACTURN 350 MACTURN 350-W
6097-E P-7SECTION 1 OUTLINE
1-2-2. Dimensional Drawing
Side chip disposal type
Cool
ant p
ump
(for l
ower
turre
t, op
tiona
l)Co
olan
t pum
p (fo
r upp
er tu
rret)
Cool
ant p
ump
(for c
hip
flush
er)
Mai
n sp
indl
e pr
essu
re
switc
h (o
ptio
nal)
Air
pane
l
Mai
n sp
indl
e co
olin
g un
it
Mes
h filt
er
Cool
ant p
ump
(for s
uctio
n)
Filte
r uni
t
No. o
f mag
azine
tools
: 30
No. o
f mag
azine
tools
: 44
2950 (116.14)
1784
.8 (7
0.26
8)
1147 (45.16)796 (31.34)502
(19.76)
495
(19.49
)
4555
(179
.33)
1036
(40.
79)
185
(7.2
8)
1200 (47.24)
1857
(73.
11)
2698
(106
.22)
900
(35.
43)
250
(9.84
)
1476 (58.11)1100 (43.31)65
(2.56)
946(37.24)
765(30.12)
700 (27.56)
1630 (64.17)
436
(17.
17)
1966
(77.
40)
1930
(75.
98)
722
(28.
43)
3002
(118
.19)
450
(17.7
2)
OSP
con
trol
cabi
net
Chip
buc
ket (
optio
nal)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)Ch
ip c
onve
yor (
optio
nal)
L ty
pe fo
r sid
e di
spos
al
Cent
raliz
ed lu
brica
tion
unit
H1 u
pper
turre
t mist
lu
brica
tion
unit
Opp
osin
g sp
indl
e pr
essu
re
switc
h (o
ptio
nal)
H1 u
pper
turre
t
Ope
ratio
n pa
nel
Tails
tock
or
Opp
osin
g sp
indl
e
Mai
nten
ance
spa
ce
Mai
n sp
indl
e
Lowe
r tur
ret
ATC
H1 u
pper
turre
t coo
ling
unit
Mag
azin
e m
aint
enan
ce d
oor
Mag
azin
e op
erat
ion
pane
l
Opp
osin
g sp
indl
e co
olin
g un
it
Hydr
aulic
uni
t
LE11240R0100300060001
6097-E P-8SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
2-1. Site Selection GuidelinesPay attention to the following points regarding machine installation in order to ensure machine efficiency and performance.
(1) We recommend appropriate foundation work where the soil is soft or apt to sag after initial installation. See [Foundation Requirements] for reference.
(2) The installation site should be kept as far as possible from vibration sources, such as roads, stamping/press type equipment, or planer type machine tools. If nearby sources of vibration are unavoidable, dampening pits around the machine foundation, for example, should help lessen vibrations.
(3) Where there are high-frequency power generators, electric discharge machines or electric welding machines around or when power is supplied from the same shop power distributor panel, electrical interference may cause NC malfunctions. Please consult with the OKUMA service engineer dispatched during machine installation.
(4) The ideal operating environment calls for an ambient temperature between 10 and 40°C (50 and 104°F) with humidity between 40 to 75% at 20°C (68°F).
(5) Keeping ambient temperature at a constant level is an essential factor for accurate machining.
(6) In order to maintain static machine accuracy within guaranteed values, the machine should be installed in an area where it is not affected by airflow. Air conditioning is not essential, but an ambient temperature between 17°C and 25°C (63 and 77°F) is recommended.
(7) To maintain static machine accuracy within the Standard Guaranteed Values:
a. Keep ambient temperature variance for a full day or 24 hours within ±2°C (36°F).
b. Ambient temperature variances from the floor level to a height of the machine (3 m (10 ft)) should be held within 1°C (34°F).
(8) Usually, no consideration is required on heat insulation against the machine foundation.
(9) Keep the floor level error within 10 mm (0.39 in.).
2-1-1. Water for Plant
Use potable water to dilute coolant.Using water contains bacteria and salt may lead to malfunction of the machine parts.
2-1-2. Care in Machine Transportation
This machine integrates hydraulic unit, control cabinet, and NC unit into one construction instead of having them as separate units, and so the machine can be easily moved or transported.(Note that the coolant tank is installed separately.)There are two different methods for moving the entire machine to any desired location; by an overhead crane, using lifting hooks supplied together with the machine and by rolls over which the machine is pushed by manual labor.
6097-E P-9SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
Lifting the Machine
Procedure :
1- Move the upper saddle to +600 (ZA-axis), the lower saddle to the negative limit (ZB-axis), and the sub headstock to -700 (W-axis). Then, fasten them with the attached fixtures.
2- Remove the cables and pipes (coolant pump, lubricating oil collection tank and level switch) between the machine and the coolant tank.
3- Pull out the coolant tank.
4- Locate the full-enclosure shielding cover doors in the positions shown in the above figure.
5- Remove the swing stopper from the pendant operation panel and fix the pendant with the fixture as shown above.
6- Remove the cover at the upper part of the headstock and the upper part of the sub headstock to pass the wire.
7- Mount the lifting hook at the 4 positions.
8- Mount the wire using the lifting tools.
Now, the machine is ready to be lifted.
Lifting frame
Lifting hookLifting hookLower saddle(Optional)
Tailstock or 2nd headstock
Upper saddle
Pendant swing stopper
LE11240R0100400030001
6097-E P-10SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
Precautions for Lifting
Rolling
2-2. Foundation Requirements
2-2-1. Safety Instructions for Foundation Work
• The cables should have a nominal diameter of 24 mm (0.94 in.) or larger.• Change an angle formed by each cable line so that the cables will not contact the finished
surfaces of the machine.(Do not tilt any wire rope exceeding 40 degrees away from the vertical direction.)
• Check for balance and be very careful when lifting the machine.• Use extra care to lower the machine gently onto the floor; NEVER APPLY SHOCKS TO THE
MACHINE WHEN PLACING IT ON THE FLOOR.Approximate Weight of MachineMachine with 44-tool magazine: 13,700 kg (30,140 lb)(Including the hydraulic power unit, the electrical control box, NC unit, and tool magazine)
Be careful that the machine does not tip over on any side so that the machine base may not strike the ground.
With a solid ground, a concrete floor about 200 mm (7.87 in.) thick and no gaps between ground and floor, foundation work or anchoring is not required. The structural rigidity of the machine permits normal machining.For long-maintained accuracy and where sub-soil or ground under the floor is not strong enough, a new concrete foundation should be set up in accordance with the “2-5. Foundation Plan” in this section.
• Foundation requirements vary depending on the characteristics of the sub-soil. Under any soil conditions, it is important that sub-soil should be well compacted to keep the foundation from unsettling once the machine has been installed.
• Where sub-soil is too soft, it is necessary to drive concrete piles into the sub-soil.• The Foundation Plan attached to this Manual is prepared for laying a typical concrete
foundation specifically for the machine. The concrete thickness or depth should be determined in terms of the ground condition in each case.
6097-E P-11SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
2-3. General Procedure for Installation
2-3-1. Installation Procedure
Procedure :
1- Place leveling plates, 200 mm x 200 mm x 19 mm (7.87 x 7.87 x 0.75 in.) over individual foundation bolt-holes.Refer to the Foundation Plan.
2- Place foundation washers (furnished together with the machine) on the leveling plates and then place the machine on them.
3- Pass foundation bolts through the hole in the leveling plate and a center bore through the built-in jack screw assembly.Secure each foundation bolt carefully, using a washer and a nut on its upper end.
4- Use wedge pieces, shims, or leveling blocks under the machine base to level the machine approximately.
5- Pour mortar into the foundation bolt holes and allow it to set.
6- After the mixture has become hard enough, remove the shims or leveling blocks from under the machine base, and level the machine within the specified limits.
2-3-2. Precautions for Installation
• Keep the underside of the leveling plates free from any oily substance.
• With leveling jack screws resting on foundation washers, the bottom surfaces of the machine base casting should be about 10 - 20 mm (0.39 - 0.79 in.) above concrete floor level.
• Fill the foundation bolt holes with mortar so as to reach the underside of the respective leveling plates. Be sure to compact the mortar thoroughly.
The part names shown in are not supplied as standard equipment.
10 (0.39) to 20 (0.79)
Nut and washer
Foundation boltLock nut
Leveling jack screw
Machine base
Leveling plate
Foundation washer
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100400080001
6097-E P-12SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
2-4. Leveling the MachineLevelness of the machine has great influence on machining accuracy and machine life. Therefore, use particular care to level the machine when installing the machine.
2-4-1. Leveling Procedure
(1) When leveling the machine, index the spindlehead (B-axis) to 0° or 180°.Mount the level stand to the turret. Put levels on the stand as shown in the figure below. Then, check the levelness in X- and Y-axis directions at the right end and the left end of the bed guideway.
(2) Ensure that the leveling jack screws and the foundation bolts are firmly tightening before checking the levelness.Tolerance: 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.) per 1,000 mm (39.37 in.)Leveling accuracy: 1 division (0.02 mm (0.0008 in.) per 1,000 mm (39.37 in.))
Model No. of LevelingJack Screws
Remarks
Between centers: 1500 10 Pass foundation bolt.
Turret
Level
Level stand
LE11240R0100400100001
6097-E P-13SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
2-5. Foundation Plan
Unit:
mm
(in.)
Contr
olca
binet
Bed
Outlin
e of fu
ll-enc
losur
e shie
ld
Conc
rete
pile
(use
d for
soft g
roun
d)
Spind
le ce
nter
Conc
rete
Oper
ation
pane
lNo
te:
1. Fo
unda
tion b
olt2.
Nut a
nd w
ashe
r for
abov
e.3.
Leve
lling p
late
(150
x 15
0 x 19
)M16
M16
1. Th
is fou
ndati
on pl
an is
typic
al.
2. Cu
stome
rs sh
ould
have
on ha
nd th
e
pa
rts fo
r insta
llatio
n of m
achin
e
Thes
e par
ts ar
e ava
ilable
as op
tions
.
10 pc
10 pc
each
10 pc
4. St
op co
llar
10 pc
Jaw
scre
w
Lock
nut
Founda
tion bo
lt
Nut a
nd wa
sher
Foun
datio
n wa
sher
Level
ling pla
te
Stop c
ollar
Detai
ls of
Instal
lation
Morta
r injec
tion p
ort
Detai
l of F
ound
ation
Bolt
Ass
embly
4560
(179
.53)
60 (2
.36)
100 (
3.94)
1758 (69.21) 687 (27.05)172 (6.77)710 (27.95)1930 (75.98)
φ150
(5
.91)
20 (0.79)1145 (45.08)
1150 (45.28)
128 (5.04)
750 (
29.53
)91
3 (35
.94)
983 (
38.70
)84
0 (3
3.07)
2000 (78.74)
480 (18.90) 815 (32.09)48
0 (18
.90)
497 (
19.57
)
530 (
20.87
)52
7 (20
.75)
815 (32.09)485 (19.09)2445 (96.26)
4520
(177
.95)
500 (19.69)
600 (23.62) 200 (7.87)
160 (6.30)
500 (19.69)
100 (
3.94)
900 (
35.43
)90
0 (35
.43)
860 (
33.86
)86
0 (33
.86)
20 (0.79)
235 (9.25)
895 (35.24)
250 (9.84)
10 (0
.39)
700 (27.56)
380
(14.96
)
120
(4.72
)
200
(7.87
)
40 (1.57)
1000 (39.37)
380 (
14.96
)30
0 (11
.81)
60 (2
.36)
300 (11.81)
1000 (39.37)
Stand
ard sp
indle
nose
end
Conc
rete
rang
e
Rubb
le
Conc
rete
thick
ness
is de
termi
ned i
n acc
orda
nce w
ith su
b-so
il con
dition
s.
LE11240R0100400110001
6097-E P-14SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
2-6. Power Requirements and Fuse Capacity
R S T E
Main motor AC22/15kW (30/20 hp) (main spindle)7.5/5.5 kW (10/7.5 hp) (sub spindle)5.5/3.7 kW (7.5/5 hp) (M-tool spindle)
200 A or more (for the machine with lower turret)
Refer to Table 1 for breaker capacity.
Automatic circuit breaker
Cable size
Ground
Main switch
Refer to Table 1.
Power source: 3-phase, 200V±10%, 50/60Hz
Electrical control box
Table 1 Capacity and Cable Size of Automatic Breaker for Branch Circuit
Main spindle
Sub spindle
1S-C
1S-W
2S-C
2S-W
CapacityCable sizeCapacityCable sizeCapacityCable sizeCapacityCable size
Rated current (A)MT350 Breaker capacity
11/7.5 kW(15/10 hp)
200 A or over80 mm2 or over
225 A or over100 mm2 or over
15/11 kW(20/15 hp)
22/15 kW(30/20 hp)
22/15 kW (30/20 hp)
150 A or over50 mm2 or over175 A or over
60 mm2 or over150 A or over
50 mm2 or over
LE11240R0100400120001
6097-E P-15SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
2-6-1. Inspection of Cable Connection
The operator can check correctness of cable connection by reading the pressure gauge whether it indicates the specified pressure level.Confirm that the pressure gauge indicates the set pressure 4.4 MPa (638.4 psi).When it indicates the specified pressure level, the electrical connection is correct.
Procedure :
1- Connect the AC voltmeter to the spindle drive motor control unit or the machine power terminal as shown in the above figure.
2- Measure the voltage (V0) applied to the spindle drive motor at a standstill.
3- Measure the maximum voltage (V1) during deceleration of the spindle drive motor.
1) Connect the ground wire to the external protective earth terminal (PE) in the control box.2) Do not connect the power cord and the grounding wire in serial; if attempted, it will give
adverse affect to other equipment or cause malfunctioning of the leak breaker, etc.3) When a leak breaker is used, select the one meeting the following rating.
• For inverter circuit use• Sensitive current of 100 mA or more• Middle-sensitivity high-speed inverter type
4) Check that the momentary voltage variation rate is 15% or less as shown in the diagram below.If the momentary voltage variation rate exceeds 15%, the acceleration/deceleration time of the spindle may be lengthened or the protection circuit of the servo power unit may be activated.
5) For further information on instantaneous power regulation and power source inductance, please inquire at your Okuma representative.
6) To furnish the power supply line in the machine, pull the cable under the control cabinet, which is advantageous for the dust and water prevention. Apply the protection against dust and water to the cable. The protection measurement is required also when pulled over the cabinet.In addition, hold the power supply cable appropriately so that the tension wire will not hang on to the connection part of the main breaker of the power supply line.
V3-phase power source
AC voltmeter
Instantaneous voltage regulation=
V0: Voltage applied to the motor at a standstill
V1: Maximum voltage in motor deceleration
RST
Spindle drivemotor controlunit
Spindle drivemotor
× 100V1-V0
V0
LE11240R0100400130001
6097-E P-16SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION AND INSTALLATION (RELOCATION)
4- Calculate the instantaneous voltage regulation by the following formula:Instantaneous voltage regulation = (V1 - V0) / V0 × 100
Note
2-7. Oils to Be Prepared before InstallationPrepare the oils specified in “4-2. Lubrication” and “4-2-1. Lubrication Oil Specification” in Section “Inspection/Maintenance”.(For oils to be supplied to an optional kit, check with us separately.)
• The digital AC voltmeter makes a slow response, and therefore the measured value tends to be a little lower than the actual value. It is recommended to use the analogue AC voltmeter.
• Shorter deceleration time makes the measurement difficult. Measure the voltage while decelerating the motor from the possible highest speed.
• Obtain the instantaneous voltage regulation after ensuring that the alarm “Voltage regulation too large” is not activated. This is because the alarm causes the motor control unit to restrict the motor output.
6097-E P-17SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)This manual mainly explains the manual operation so that the operator can get used to the machine operation as soon as possible.
3-1. Before Starting OperationsThis section deals mainly with the operating procedures of your CNC lathe under manual control. So the information given here is essential to every operator, whether you are new to a CNC lathe or an “old pro”.Follow these three points:
• Actually operate the CNC lathe by yourself in reference to this Instruction Manual.
• Learn the symbols for the numerical control terms.
• After you have a general idea of how your CNC lathe operates, read this manual repeatedly and also the Programming Manual.
3-1-1. NC Operation
Before you begin to operate the machine automatically by tape, make it a rule to check the following points against a process sheet, a program manuscript, or any other chart giving detailed machining instructions:
(1) Setting of hydraulic power chuck jaws and their gripping pressure
(2) Installation and arrangement of individual cutting tools with respect to their operating sequence
(3) Setting of tool offsets
(4) Setting of zero offsets
(5) Setting of feedrate override to 100%
(6) Setting of software limit positions for each axis
(7) Positioning of the turret to the turret indexing position
(8) Positioning of tailstock (when the machine is equipped with tailstock)
All essential information on the setup and check-up procedures is described in the sections that follow.
Bring the machine to a complete stop by turning off the main switch before operations such as setup or adjustments inside the chip guard are carried out.Also turn off the main switch before you attempt to work inside the machine at the rear side of the machine.
6097-E P-18SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2. Machine Operation
3-2-1. Axis Direction
C-axis (+)
C-axis (-)
C-axis (-)
Main spindle
Opposing spindle or tailstock
H1 turret
W-axis (+)W-axis (-)
ZA-axis (+)
XA-axis (+)Y-axis (+)
Y-axis (-)
ZA-axis (-)
XA-axis (-)
B-axis (-)B-axis (+)
C-axis (+)
M spindle reverse rotation
M spindle forward rotation
ZB-axis (-)
XB-axis (-)
ZB-axis (+)
XB-axis (+) Lower turret
LE11240R0100500100001
6097-E P-19SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-2. Hydraulic Power Unit
Pressure Indication
The pressure gauge should indicate the following set pressure:
Pressure setting 4.4 MPa (638.4 psi)
Radiator
Oil filler port
Oil level gauge
Level switch
Line filter
Drain port
Pressure switchPressure gauge
System pressure adjusting valve
Variable delivery pump
Suction filter
LE11240R0100500110001
6097-E P-20SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Adjustment of Pressure
The following outlines the methods of setting individual functional units for operating pressure. Since the pressure lines for the turret(s) have been adjusted at our factory before shipment, they
will not require readjustments, during the initial installation and subsequent normal service of the machine.When readjustment is to be made by your plant personnel, extreme caution must be taken in accordance with the instructions given here to avert any mechanical trouble in the drive lines.
• System pressure adjustment (Adjustment is not usually required.)
• Hydraulic pressure for main spindle chuckRefer to “Adjustment of Oil Pressure for Hydraulic Chuck” in “3-2-6. Hydraulic Power Chuck”described later.
• Tailstock pressure adjustmentAdjust the pressure using the tailstock thrust adjusting valve.
Pressure decrease Pressure increase
System Pressure Adjusting Valve
Source pressure abnormal alarm setting pressure: 2 MPa (290 psi)
LE11240R0100500130001
Tailstock thrust pressure gauge
Tailstock thrust adjusting valve
Main spindle hydraulic chuck pressure gauge
Main spindle hydraulic chuck pressure adjusting valve
LE11240R0100500130002
6097-E P-21SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
• Hydraulic pressure for sub spindle chuckAdjust with the sub spindle hydraulic chuck pressure adjusting valve.
Hydraulic Oil
A clogged filter element causes contaminated oil to circulate through the hydraulic system, which may lead to a machine trouble.
Oil Specification HM32 (ISO)Amount 20 liter (5.3 gal)Oil Change Interval Change after first month of operation and every 6 months thereafter.
Clean the suction filter, the line filter, and the tank when changing the oil. Check the pressure for respective actuators.
Pressure gauge for the hydraulic chuck of the opposing spindle
Pressure adjusting valve for the hydraulic chuck of the opposing spindle
Main spindle hydraulic chuck pressure gauge
Main spindle hydraulic chuck pressure adjusting valve
LE11240R0100500130003
6097-E P-22SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
When changing the element, proceed as follows:Filter Element Specifications
Procedure :
1- Turn off the power (be sure to turn off the main switch).
2- Unscrew and remove the filter housing by turning the nut portion of the housing provided at the bottom.
3- Pull out the filter element downward.
4- Clean the inside of the housing.
5- Insert a new element into the body.
6- Screw and fit the housing onto the body.
Maker YamashinType PX040A with a filtering accuracy of 10 μm (400 μin.)
Part No. H0032-0009-96
(Hou
sing
rem
ovin
g m
argi
n ne
eded
to
chan
ge th
e el
emen
t: 15
7 (6
.18)
)
Nut portion of the housing
Housing
Body
Filter element
[27.7 (1.091)]
24(0
.94)
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100500140001
6097-E P-23SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-3. Spindle Speed Selection (Transmission Power/Torque Diagram)
Main Spindle Power-Torque Diagram - 5,000 min-1 (Φ100 (3.94 in.) spindle) VAC 22/15 kW (30/20 hp) (20 min/cont.) specification
38
20
30
50
100
1
2
3
5
10
200
300
500
1000
2000 5000200 300 500 1000
2
1
3
5
10
30 50 100
20
30
50
100
15 kW (20 hp) (cont.)
22 kW (30 hp) (20 min)
114.6 N⋅m (84.6 lbf-ft)
168.1 N⋅m (124.1 lbf-ft)
286.5 N⋅m (211.5 lbf-ft)
420.2 N⋅m (310.1 lbf-ft)
Spi
ndle
Tor
que
[N-m
(lbf
-ft)]
Spi
ndle
Mot
or O
utpu
t [(k
W (h
p)]
Spindle Speed min-1
LE11240R0100500150001
6097-E P-24SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
For heavy-duty cutting, select a spindle speed in the shaded area so that cutting is performed within a constant output range.
• Low-speed/high-speed range is changed by switching the VAC motor coil connection (switching takes approx. 1 sec.)
In conjunction with the above graph, refer to the Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force characteristics Diagram (the graph that shows the relation between the chuck rotation speed and its gripping force).
5000
1250
M42
1250
500
3838M41
LE11240R0100500150002
6097-E P-25SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Main Big-Bore Spindle (OP.) Power-Torque Diagram 3,800 min-1, Φ120 (4.72 in.), VAC 22/15 kW (30/20 hp) (20 min/cont.)
38
20
30
50
100
1
2
3
5
10
200
300
500
1000
2000 3800200 300 500 1000
-1Spindle Speed min
2
1
3
5
10
30 50 100
20
30
50
100
15 kw (20 hp)(cont.)
22 kw (30 hp) (20 min)
114.6 N-m (84.6 lbf-ft)
168.1 N-m (124.1 lbf-ft)
286.5 N-m (211.5 lbf-ft)
420.2 N-m (310.1 lbf-ft) Sp
indl
e To
rque
[N-m
(lbf
-ft)]
Spin
dle
Mot
or O
utpu
t [kW
(hp)
]
LE11240R0100500160001
6097-E P-26SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
For heavy-duty cutting, select a spindle speed in the shaded area so that cutting is performed within a constant output range.
• Low-speed/high-speed range is changed by switching the VAC motor coil connection (switching takes approx. 1 sec.)
In conjunction with the above graph, refer to the Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force characteristics Diagram (the graph that shows the relation between the chuck rotation speed and its gripping force).
3800
1250
M42
1250
500
3838M41
LE11240R0100500160002
6097-E P-27SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Sub Spindle Speed-Power-Torque Diagram 6,000 min-1 (Φ80 (3.15 in.) spindle) VAC 11/7.5 kW (15/10 hp) (20 min/cont.) specification
100
50
30
20
1005030
10
5
3
1
2
1000500300200 60002000
1000
500
300
200
10
5
3
2
1
100
50
30
20
38
68.2 N-m (50.3 lbf-ft)
110.2 N-m (81.3 lbf-ft)
161.6 N-m (119.3 lbf-ft)
100.0 N-m (73.8 lbf-ft)
11 kW (15 hp) (20 min)
7.5 kW (10 hp) (cont.)
Spi
ndle
Tor
que
[N-m
(lbf
-ft)]
Spi
ndle
Mot
or O
utpu
t [(k
W (h
p)]
Spindle Speed min-1
LE11240R0100500170001
6097-E P-28SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
For heavy-duty cutting, select a spindle speed in the shaded area so that cutting is performed within a constant output range.
• Low-speed/high-speed range is changed by switching the VAC motor coil connection (switching takes approx. 1 sec.)
In conjunction with the above graph, refer to the Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force characteristics Diagram (the graph that shows the relation between the chuck rotation speed and its gripping force).
6000
1050 1050
450
5050
LE11240R0100500170002
6097-E P-29SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-4. Rotary Tool (M-tool) Spindle Power-Torque Diagram
Rotary Tool Spindle Power-Torque Diagram 6,000 min-1, VAC 11/7.5/5.5 kW (15/10/7.5 hp) (3 min/20 min/cont.)
When performing powerful machining using M-tool spindle, select a spindle speed from the constant output range (shaded range). The M-tool spindle has only one speed range (no switching between high and low speed ranges).
160050 100 1000 6000500
100
10
5
50
11 kW (15 hp) (3 min)
Spin
dle
Powe
r
Spin
dle
Torq
ue
Spindle Speed
kW (hp) N-m (lbf-ft)
min-1
10
1
0.1
5
0.5
65.7 N-m (48.5 lbf-ft) (3 min)65.7 N-m (48.5 lbf-ft) (3 min)44.7 N-m (33.0 lbf-ft) (20 min)44.7 N-m (33.0 lbf-ft) (20 min)
32.8 N-m (24.2 lbf-ft) (cont.)32.8 N-m (24.2 lbf-ft) (cont.)
65.7 N-m (48.5 lbf-ft) (3 min)44.7 N-m (33.0 lbf-ft) (20 min)
32.8 N-m (24.2 lbf-ft) (cont.)
7.5 kW (10 hp) (20 min)7.5 kW (10 hp) (20 min)
5.5 kW (7.5 hp) (cont.)5.5 kW (7.5 hp) (cont.)
7.5 kW (10 hp) (20 min)
5.5 kW (7.5 hp) (cont.)
3300
LE11240R0100500180001
6000160050
LE11240R0100500180002
6097-E P-30SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Rotary Tool Spindle Power-Torque Diagram 12,000 min-1, VAC 11/7.5/5.5 kW (15/10/7.5 hp) (3 min/20 min/cont.)
When performing powerful machining using M-tool spindle, select a spindle speed from the constant output range (shaded range). The M-tool spindle has only one speed range (no switching between high and low speed ranges).
Spin
dle
Powe
r
Spindle Speed
kW (hp)
min-1
10
1
0.1
5
100
10
5
50
N-m (lbf-ft)
100 1000 1000050
0.5
40001700 12000
Spin
dle
Torq
ue
7.5 kW (10 hp) (20 min)7.5 kW (10 hp) (20 min)
5.5 kW (7.5 hp) (cont.)5.5 kW (7.5 hp) (cont.)
11 kW (15 hp) (3 min)7.5 kW (10 hp) (20 min)
5.5 kW (7.5 hp) (cont.)
61.8 N-m (48.5 lbf-ft)61.8 N-m (48.5 lbf-ft)42.1 N-m (31.1 lbf-ft)42.1 N-m (31.1 lbf-ft)30.9 N-m (22.8 lbf-ft)30.9 N-m (22.8 lbf-ft)
26.3 N-m (19.4 lbf-ft)26.3 N-m (19.4 lbf-ft)
17.9 N-m (13.2 lbf-ft)17.9 N-m (13.2 lbf-ft)13.1 N-m (9.7 lbf-ft)13.1 N-m (9.7 lbf-ft)
61.8 N-m (45.6 lbf-ft)42.1 N-m (31.1 lbf-ft)30.9 N-m (22.8 lbf-ft)
26.3 N-m (19.4 lbf-ft)
17.9 N-m (13.2 lbf-ft)13.1 N-m (9.7 lbf-ft)
LE11240R0100500190001
1700 4000
12000400050
50
LE11240R0100500190002
6097-E P-31SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Lower turret M Specification (Optional) 7.0/3.3 kW (9.33/4.40 hp) (30 min/cont.)
23.7 N-m (17.5 lbf-ft)
14 N-m (10 lbf-ft)
7.0 kw (9.33 hp) (30 min)
3.3 kw (4.40 hp) (cont.)
Spin
dle
Powe
r
Spindle Speed
Spin
dle
Torq
uekW (hp)N·m (lbf-ft)
LE11240R0100500680001
6097-E P-32SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-5. C-axis Brake
[Supplement]
Arrangement of C-axis control related hydraulics:
Setting pressure for low-pressure brake should be 0.5 MPa (72.6 psi)
For the C-axis, three kinds of brakes are applied meeting the machine operation.• C-axis indexing (rapid feed)
Brake free• Cutting while controlling C-axis (profile generation etc.)
Brake pressure low setting: 0.5 MPa (72.6 psi)• Cutting while clamping C-axis (keyway cutting, etc.)
Brake pressure 4.4 MPa (638.4 psi)
Pressure adjustingvalve for low-pressure brake
Pressuregauge for brake pressure
Solenoid valve forbrake pressure switching
LE11240R0100500200001
6097-E P-33SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-6. Hydraulic Power Chuck
The construction of hydraulic chuck is shown below.
Installation of Hydraulic Chuck
Procedure :
1- Press the CONTROL ON pushbutton switch on the operation panel and step on the CHUCK operation foot panel. This causes the connecting rod (draw tube) in the spindle bore to move forward.
2- Fasten the connecting rod to the draw screw A. (Fasten the draw tube to the chuck.)* Use the Allen wrench furnished with the machine.
3- Secure the chuck body onto the spindle end, using mounting bolts B.
4- Adjust the draw screw A so that the outer ends of the master jaws become flush with the peripheral surface of the chuck body when the top jaws are in the OPEN condition.
The individual chuck jaws can be moved in the “opening” direction as the draw screw A is turned in the counterclockwise direction. Removal of the hydraulic chuck from the spindle is the reverse of installation in steps from “3-” to “2-”.
When changing parts such as chuck, jaws, or stopper block inside the chip and coolant shield, keep the following in mind:
• Always shut off the source power before changing parts.• Never issue M19 (spindle orientation) or M110 (C-axis joint) command while changing parts.
Hollow ChuckSolid Chuck
Chuck body
Master jaw Jaw nut
Pilot bushing
Top jaw
Wedge plungerMounting bolt B
Draw tube
Draw screw A
Nut
Connectingrod
Jaw nut Top jaw
Draw tube
Mountingbolt B
CHUCKoperating pedal
LE11240R0100500210001
6097-E P-34SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Hollow chuck cylinder
Position of the dog moving with the hydraulic rotary cylinder piston is detected by the proximity switches to confirm the chuck jaw position. (optional)
Hydraulic cylinder
Draw tube
Hydraulic chuck
Proximity switches
Dog
LE11240R0100500230001
6097-E P-35SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Adjustment of Oil Pressure for Hydraulic Chuck
The gripping pressure of the chuck jaws is dependent upon the working pressure of hydraulic fluid which is determined by the setting of the chuck pressure adjusting valve installed at the front of the machine. (See “3-2-2. Hydraulic Power Unit” described previously.)A clockwise turn of the valve knob increases the working oil pressure directed into the chuck cylinder and counterclockwise turn decreases it.The allowable maximum pressure is indicated in the table below. Adjust the pressure meeting the types of chuck.
Maximum Permissible Spindle Speeds and Oil Pressure Setting
Maximum permissible spindle speed varies depending on types of chuck and cylinder to be used.See the table below:
How to Set Maximum Spindle Speed
The maximum spindle speed to which spindle speed is to be limited due to chuck specifications, influence of centrifugal force on chuck gripping force, imbalance of workpiece, etc. can be set by program.
Programmed maximum spindle speed is effective until another spindle speed is designated.
No. Types and Size MPa (psi) min-1 Type of Cylinder
Main1 Hollow type
B-208A601C 2.9 (420.8) 4800 SS1452C01
2 Solid typeN-08A601A 2.1 (304.7) 4500 Y1225R(E)
Sub 1 Hollow typeB206-01 2.6 (377.3) 6000 SS1243C01
This table indicates the permissible spindle speed for standard chuck. If a chuck other than those indicated above is used, follow the instruction on the name plate at the front cover of the machine.
Format:
G50 S OOOO ⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅⋅To be specified in a block without other commands
Specify the required maximum spindle speed.
LE11240R0100500260001
6097-E P-36SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Notes for Setting Proximity Switch (Optional)
Method of adjusting proximity switch position in longitudinal direction
For hollow cylinder
Loosen the screws clamping the two proximity switch plates to slide them with the proximity switch to determine the position. After determining the position, tighten the proximity switch plate clamp screws.
Adjustingstroke
Slide
Proximity switchplate clamping screw(2 screws each) Proximity switch
Proximity switch
Dog
LE11240R0100500280001
6097-E P-37SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Setting Proximity Switches
OD chucking
Set the proximity switches at the positions as indicated below:Proximity switch (A): Piston advance endProximity switch (B): Chuck gripping position
Always actually clamp the workpiece to set the proximity switch at the chuck gripping position.
Chuck Side
(B) (A)
Piston retract end(jaw close end)
Chuck gripping position
Piston advance end(jaw open end)
LE11240R0100500290001
(A) (B)
LE11240R0100500290002
6097-E P-38SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
ID chucking
Set the proximity switches at the positions as indicated below:Proximity switch (B): Piston retract endProximity switch (A): Chuck gripping position
Always actually clamp the workpiece to set the proximity switch at the chuck gripping position.
(B) (A)
Piston retract end(jaw open end)
Chuck gripping position
Piston advance end(jaw close end)
LE11240R0100500300001
(A) (B)
LE11240R0100500300002
6097-E P-39SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Confirmation Signals
Signal input status display
Whether the proximity switches are correctly set or not and the corresponding signals are on or off can be checked on the check [IO monitor] screen.For the procedure to display the [IO monitor] screen, refer to the [OSP-P300S MAINTENANCE MANUAL].
Checking input signals
When the proximity switches are set in position, their signal status changes as indicated below according to the chuck status.
• OD chucking:At chuck gripping position iCHOPC.......0 iCHCLC.......1At piston advance end position iCHOPC.......1 iCHCLC.......0
• ID chucking:At chuck gripping position iCHOPC.......1 iCHCLC.......0At piston retract end position iCHOPC.......0 iCHCLC.......1
1 The input location of proximity limit is shown. When proximity switches have been input, they are highlighted in the display.
(1)
LE11240R0100500310001
6097-E P-40SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Chuck clamp/unclamp confirmation timer
There may be cases in which the chuck open/close is not completed even if the corresponding signal is input. For such cases, timer function can be used to delay the confirmation of the chuck operation after the input of the signal.The timers should be previously set at the following parameters.
• Machine user parameter (chuck)Chuck clamp confirmation timerThis timer operates on receiving the signal from the proximity switch at the chuck gripping position until the chuck clamping is completed.
• Machine user parameter (chuck)Chuck unclamp confirmation timerThis timer operates on receiving the signal from the proximity switch at the piston advance end (for OD gripping) or the proximity switch at the piston retract end (for ID gripping) until the chuck unclamping is completed.
Set both timers in units of 0.01 sec. The default chuck clamp confirmation time is 100 (1sec) and the default chuck unclamp confirmation time is 0.For the procedure of setting machine user parameters, refer to the OSP Operation Manual.
6097-E P-41SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force Characteristics Diagram - Main spindle -
Chuck speed - clamping force diagram for solid chucks
1050
00
1004
95
9000
0
7500
0
6993
0
6000
0
4500
0
3000
0
1000
020
00
Chu
ck R
otat
ing
Spe
ed m
in-1
3000
4000
4500
Clamping Force N (lbf)
2849
5 N
(641
1 lb
f)(4
010
min
-1)
2524
3 N
(568
0 lb
f)
Chu
ckC
ylin
der
Pre
ssur
e: N
-08A
0601
A
: 2.
22 M
Pa
(322
.13
psi)
: Y
1225
R(E
)
Chu
ckC
ylin
der
Pre
ssur
e: N
-10A
0601
A
: 2.
57 M
Pa
(372
.91
psi)
: Y
1225
R(E
)
Sof
t top
-jaw
A
LE11240R0100500340001
6097-E P-42SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Chuck speed - clamping force diagram for hollow chucks
1050
0010
3283
9000
0
7500
078
133
6000
0
4500
0
3000
0
1000
020
00
Chu
ck R
otat
ing
Spe
ed m
in-1
3000
4000
4500
Clamping Force N (lbf)
Chu
ckC
ylin
der
Pre
ssur
e
2928
3N(6
589
lbf)
2891
4N(6
506
lbf)
: B
-208
A60
1C
: 2.
9 M
Pa
(420
.8 p
si)
: S
S14
52C
01
Chu
ckC
ylin
der
Pre
ssur
e: B
-210
A60
1C
: 3.
6 M
Pa
(522
.4 p
si)
: S
S14
52C
01
Sof
t top
-jaw
A
LE11240R0100500350001
6097-E P-43SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force Characteristics Diagram - Sub spindle -
Chuck speed - clamping force diagram for hollow chucks [Sub spindle]
50000
6000057000
40000
30000
2000019000
10000
13000
10000 2000 3000 4000 5000 60005600
Chuck Rotating Speed
Cla
mpi
ng F
orce
jaw
3 P
C [N
(lbf
)]
Chuck : B-206-01
Cyinder : SS1243C01
Pressure : 2.6MPA (377.3 psi)
29 (1.14)
66 (2
.60)
26 (1.02)
B-206 Standard soft jaw
(min-1)LE11240R0100500360001
6097-E P-44SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
General Precaution for Using Power Chucks
Change of Chuck Gripping Direction - ID/OD Gripping
Gripping direction of the power chuck - ID gripping and OD gripping - can be changed by pressing the flat key on the operation panel.The change of gripping direction may be made only while the spindle stops.
Greasing
In order to insure maximum safety in operation, the following points call for your special notice:• Select the right chuck that matches the machine’s capacity.• Spindle speed and chuck clamping force
Workpieces should be clamped in the chuck without imbalance. Cutting conditions must be selected by referring to the “Hydraulic Chuck Clamping Force Characteristics Diagram” in “3-2-6. Hydraulic Power Chuck” since chuck jaw gripping force varies depending on the spindle speed.The maximum spindle speed and maximum allowable pressure limit (maximum setting) are indicated on the instruction plate attached to the right and left front doors.The maximum spindle speed refers to the speed at which the chuck can be turned, with its gripping force maintained more than one-third of its rating, while the outer ends of the individual top jaws are positioned evenly with the peripheral surface of the body.
• When soft top jaws larger than standard ones provided with the machine are prepared by the customer and used with the chuck, keep in mind that developing centrifugal force and decreasing efficiency may reduce the actual gripping force. Be sure to reduce the spindle speed accordingly.
• Where jaw nuts shown below go beyond the peripheral surface of the body, only one bolt secures the corresponding jaw and a very dangerous condition is created. Always locate the jaw nuts within the periphery of the body as shown below. It is a good and safe practice to use soft top jaws that are made to fit the actual work configuration.
• Before starting spindle rotation, be sure to close the front door.
The chuck has grease nipples either on the chuck front face or on its periphery. Apply grease (mamufacturer's recommended grease) to the nipples every day.Since chips and foreign matter accumulate on the jaw moving surfaces on the chuck, clean them every day and lubricate them with the hydraulic oil (HM32, MAS).
Wrong Right
Jaw nut Jaw
LE11240R0100500370001
6097-E P-45SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-7. Cutting Soft Top Jaws of Power Chuck
There are three different methods applied in cutting soft top jaws of chuck jaws for chucking a particular lot of parts.
• by pulse feed handwheel
• by NC data
• by manual data input (MDI)
They are all basically the same operations, and it is advisable to use the NC data or the manual data input when a good finish on the chucking surfaces of the jaws is essential.Now let’s explain the steps necessary to produce the top jaws for chucking the diameter of 70 mm (2.76 in.) with a depth of 15 mm (0.59 in.) by use of the manual data input.
Procedure :
1- Grip a ring of proper diameter in the chuck:Φ50 mm (1.97 in.) ring for instance
2- Locate the tool tip point at point A and set the zero offset value so that the actual position of X-axis is equivalent to the ring diameter; 50 mm (1.97 in.) in this case.Actual Position: X = 50 mm (X = 1.97 in.)
3- Locate the tool tip point at point B and set the zero offset value so that the actual position of Z-axis is equivalent to the required chucking depth of length; 15 mm (0.59 in.) in this case.Actual Position: Z = 15 mm (Z = 0.59 in.)
Unit: mm (in.)
A
B
15(0.59)
φ50
(1.9
7)φ7
0 (2
.76)
Ring
LE11240R0100500400001
6097-E P-46SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
4- Proceed with cutting by entering the following commands block by block.In the example, the depth of cut is 5 mm (0.20 in.) and the feedrate is 0.1 mm/rev (0.004 ipr). The spindle speed must be selected to suit the operation.
3-2-8. Hydraulic Tailstock Operation
Tailstock Position Setting (When moved manually)
Procedure :
1- Move the turret to the X-axis plus limit position.
2- Move the saddle to align the center of the tailstock joint block and the center of the tailstock joint pin.
3- After connecting the tailstock to the column, unclamp the tailstock.
4- Move the saddle using the pulse handle to bring the tailstock to a required position.
G50 S
G00 X60 Z 18 S M41 M03
G01 Z 0.1 F0.1
G00 X58 Z 18
X69.6
G01 Z 0.1
G00 X67 Z 18
X70
G01 Z 0
X48
G00 Z500 M05
LE11240R0100500400002
Tailstock joint block
Column
Tailstock joint pin
LE11240R0100500410001
6097-E P-47SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
5- Extract the joint pin from the saddle.
Adjusting Tailstock Spindle Thrust
Center-work/Chuck-work Selector Switch
Set whether the tailstock is to be used (center-work) or not to be used (chuck-work) by setting parameters.
When extracting the joint pin after moving the saddle and tailstock using the pulse handle, feed the saddle about 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) in reverse direction using the handle. This is to prevent a side of the joint pin from contacting the joint block when the pin is extracted.(In MDI or automatic operation mode, the above reverse feed is automatically performed.)
Tailstock spindle thrust can be adjusted by the pressure adjusting valve at the right side of the machine front. For details, refer to SECTION 3, 3-2-2 Adjustment of Pressure. Maximum tailstock thrust is 2.1 MPa (304.7 psi) and the thrust with such pressure setting is 4,900 N (1,103 lbf).Note that the tailstock spindle thrust largely affects the service life of the main spindle; do not set the thrust unnecessarily high.
Center-work : The tailstock sleeve operates by the foot pedal switch.The main spindle can rotate only when the left foot pedal switch is stamped to the second step.
Chuck-work : The tailstock does not operate.The main spindle can rotate only when the tailstock sleeve is at the retract end.
0 0.4(58.0)
0.8(116.1)
1.2(174.1)
1.7(246.7)
2.1(304.7)
980 (221)
1960 (441)
2940 (662)
3920 (882)
4900 (1103)
Tails
tock
Spi
ndle
Thr
ust
N (l
bf)
Relation between hydraulic oil pressure and tailstock spindle thrust:
Hydraulic Oil Pressure MPa (psi)
N
MPa
LE11240R0100500420001
6097-E P-48SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Advancing or Retracting the Tailstock Sleeve
Advance or retract the tailstock sleeve using the foot pedal switches in the front.
Allowable Loads and Speeds of the Rotating Center
Use the rotating center under the allowable loads of standard rotating center MT No. 5 shown in the table below:
(a) Left foot pedal switch (2-step type) - For advancing the tailstock sleeveFirst step (the pedal is lightly stamped) (The spindle does not rotate.)
- The sleeve advances while the pedal remains stamped.
Second step (the pedal is fully stamped)(The spindle rotates.)
- The sleeve advances to the to the sleeve stroke end by stamping the foot pedal switch.
(b) Right foot pedal switch (1-step type) - For retracting the tailstock sleeveThe sleeve retracts to the sleeve stroke end by stamping the foot pedal switch.
Right foot pedal switch (1-step type)for sleeve retract
Left foot pedal switch (2-step type) for sleeve advance
LE11240R0100500440001
1000
0
2000
3000
40004200
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 [Hr]
Spi
ndle
Spe
ed
[min-1]
Lifetime
4900 N (1103 lbf)
3920 N (882 lbf)
3430 N (772 lbf)
2940 N (662 lbf)
Thrust load
LE11240R0100500450001
6097-E P-49SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Tailstock Spindle Advance/Retraction Position Confirmation Device (Optional)
Procedure :
1- Move the dog rightward.
2- Turn the adjusting screw clockwise using an Allen wrench.
3- The dog then moves rightward.
4- Advance the tailstock spindle (50 mm (1.97 in.) or over) as desired and reposition the tailstock body so that the workpiece is hold by the tailstock spindle. Step the tailstock spindle advance pedal to the 2nd position. Under such setup, turn the adjusting screw until both the in-position detection proximity switch and the overadvance detection proximity switch become activated.
5- Turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise with the workpiece pressed by the tailstock spindle.
6- The dog moves leftward. First locate the dog at the position where both of the overadvance and the in-position signals are output from the corresponding proximity switches. Further turn the adjusting screw two turns from that point.
7- The signal output status can be checked on the CRT display as detailed in (4) below.
Adjusting screw
Overadvance confirmation proximity switch Retract end confirmation proximity switchIn-position confirmation proximity switch
Dog
LE11240R0100500460001
Adjusting screw
Overadvance confirmation proximity switch
In-position confirmation proximity switch
Dog
LE11240R0100500460002
6097-E P-50SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
8- In case workpiece length varies, adjust the dog position by turning the knob: counterclockwise for longer workpiece and clockwise for shorter workpiece.
9- Checking correct positionCorrect position:Both of the overadvance and in-position proximity switches have been actuated.
1) After selecting any of AUTO, MDI and MANUAL modes, press the function key [F7] (CHECK DATA).
2) Press the PAGE key several times, and the I/O CHECK screen is displayed.
3) Refer to the table on the next page.Bit 4 of INPUT is the tailstock spindle in-position confirmation (tailstock work pos) input signal and bit 3 the tailstock spindle over advance (tailstock over advance) input signal. The signal is ON when the label is highlighted.1 indicates ON and 0 indicates OFF.
4) When both bit 4 and bit 3 are highlighted, it indicates that both of the in-position and the overadvance confirmation proximity switches are actuated and the tailstock spindle is located in position.
6097-E P-51SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-9. Precautions in Handling Turret
The turret incorporates a rotary tool drive unit.To protect this drive unit, observe the following instructions.
• Never wash the end face of H1 spindle by applying air blow or coolant brow.• Before rotating the spindlehead, move the spindlehead to the area where it does not interfere
with the work or the chuck.• The spindlehead may not be completely clamped immediately after it is rotated.
Therefore, wait at least 0.5 second before starting cutting operation.
H1 spindle that accepts either turning tool or rotary tool
Spindlehead
LE11240R0100500470001
6097-E P-52SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-10.ATC
Tool to be prepared: BT40, BIG-PLUS Specifications
• The tool shank is a NT No. 40 taper for milling machine.
• The tool gripper shall conform to BBT40. Especially, the distance between the trapezoidal groove and the taper gauge line (Φ44.45 mm (1.7500 in.) part) shall be 16.6±0.1 (0.654±0.004). (Refer to “Tool Shank Dimensions”.)
• Use the retention knob that conforms to JIS (6339-1992).When the retention knob is firmly screwed into the tool rear end, the distance between the part of the retention knob Φ19 (0.75 in.) and the taper gauge line (Φ44.45 mm (1.7500 in.) part) must be retained.(Refer to “Tool Shank and Retention Knob”.)
• The maximum tool length, measured from the taper gauge line (Φ44.45 mm (1.7500 in.) part) to the tool nose, is 300 mm (11.81 in.).
• The maximum tool size stored in the magazine with its adjacent toolpots occupied conforms to the standard tool size. Refer to the relevant drawings in SECTION 6.
• The maximum tool size stored in the magazine with its adjacent toolpots empty conforms to the extra large-diameter tool size. Refer to the relevant drawings in SECTION 6.
• The maximum standard tool mass including the tool shank is 7 kg (15 lb). Heavy tool setting allows the tool mass up to 10 kg (22 lb).
• The max tool mass moment is 500 kg-mm. The maximum tool mass is 7 kg (15 lb) and its center of gravity shall be within 70 mm (2.76 in.) from the gauge line (Φ44.45 mm (1.7500 in.) part).
• The toolpot can accept a face mill (full-back cutter) of up to Φ130 mm (5.12 in.) in diameter.
70 (2.76)
max. 300 (11.81) Unit: mm (in.)
7 kg (15 lb)
7 kg x 70 mm (15 lb x 2.76 in.)
LE11240R0100500480001
6097-E P-53SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Tool to be prepared: HSK-A63
• The “tool shank” is HSK-A63. The shank and gripper dimensions shall conform to DIN 69893-1. For turning tool, some dimensions are specially controlled to improve tool mounting accuracy. Therefore please consult us when using a tool other than our standard tool.
• The “max tool length” from the face that fits the spindle nose to the tool tip is 300 mm (11.81 in.).
• The “max tool length with adjacent tools” or the dimension of the tool that can be used in adjacent to the magazine tool gripper is the same with that of the standard tool. Refer to the related drawings in SECTION 6.
• The “max tool length without adjacent tools” or the dimension of the tool that can be used with the tool grippers adjacent to the magazine tool gripper kept empty is the same with that of the super large diameter tool. Refer to the related drawings in SECTION 6.
• The “max tool mass” or the standard tool mass including the tool shank is 7 kg (15 lb). Heavy tool setting allows the tool mass up to 10 kg (22 lb).
• The “max tool mass moment” is 500 kg-mm. The maximum tool mass is 7 kg (15 lb) but its center of gravity shall be located within 70 mm (2.76 in.) from the face which brought into contact with the spindle nose.
Face brought into contact with the spindle nose
LE11240R0100500490001
6097-E P-54SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
• The “face mill (full-back)” having a diameter of up to 130 mm (5.12 in.) can be installed.
Use the holder with coolant duct shown in the figure above. Using the part other than the holder with coolant duct may result in machine malfunction.
7 kg x 70 mm(15 lb. x 2.76 in.)7 kg (15 lb.)
70 (2.76)
MAX 300 (11.81)
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100500490002
Coolant duct
Section A-A
LE11240R0100500490003
6097-E P-55SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Tool to be prepared: CAPTO-C6 tool
• The “tool shank” conforms to CAPTO-C6. The shank and gripper dimensions shall conform to CAPTO-C6 standard specified by Sandvic.
• The “max tool length” from the face that fits the spindle nose to the tool tip is 300 mm (11.81 in.).
• The “max tool length with adjacent tools” or the dimension of the tool that can be used in adjacent to the magazine tool gripper is the same with that of the standard tool. Refer to the related drawings in SECTION 6.
• The “max tool length without adjacent tools” or the dimension of the tool that can be used with the tool grippers adjacent to the magazine tool gripper kept empty is the same with that of the super large diameter tool. Refer to the related drawings in SECTION 6.
• The “max tool mass” or the standard tool mass including the tool shank is 7 kg (15 lb). Heavy tool setting allows the tool mass up to 10 kg (22 lb).
• The “max tool mass moment” is 500 kg-mm. The maximum tool mass is 7 kg (15 lb) but its center of gravity shall be located within 70 mm (2.76 in.) from the face which brought into contact with the spindle nose.
Face brought into contact with the spindle nose
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100500500001
6097-E P-56SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
• The “face mill (full-back)” having a diameter of up to 130 mm (5.12 in.) can be installed.
7 kg x 70 mm(15 lb. x 2.76 in.)7 kg (15 lb.)
70 (2.76)
MAX 300 (11.81)
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100500500002
6097-E P-57SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Tool Shank and Retention Knob (JIS)
[Supplement]
1) Tool shank shape and dimensions comply with MAS Standard BT 40 (403-1982).2) The retention knob shape and dimensions comply to MAS Standard P40T2 (403-1982).
Gauge lineNT40 (taper 7/24)
M16 P3
15°
φ63 (
2.48)
φ17 (
0.67)
H8/h
7
φ44.4
5 (1.7
500)
φ19 (
0.75)
φ23 (
0.91)
φ14 (
0.55)
Unit: mm (in.)
23 0-0.1 (0.91 )0
-0.004
29 (1.14)25 (0.98)
54 (2.13)
88.4+0.15-0.25 (3.480 )+0.0059
-0.0098
65.4 ± 0.15 (2.575 ± 0.0059)
67.4 (2.654)
92.4 (3.638)
25 (0.98)
2 (0.08)
LE11240R0100500510001
6097-E P-58SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Tool shank dimensions (BT40, BIG-PLUS Specifications)
[Supplement]
Angular allowance of 7/24 taper shall be plus AT4, minus 0, which is specified in JIS B0614, class AT4.
t
b60d2
D1D
6D
5D
4 d1
t
4
R
d
x
ey
1x
v
030 -15
030 -15
Gauge line
7/24
0.02 A
0.02 A
w A
0.05 A
A
23
1
5
y 1
BT30BT35BT40BBT40BT45BT50BT55BT60
31.7538.1044.4544.4557.1569.8588.90
107.95
48.456.465.465.482.8
101.8126.8161.8
0.50.51 1 1 1 1 1
14 14 19 19 23 27 33 33
12.512.517 17 21 25 31 31
M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M24 M30 M30
24 24 30 30 38 45 56 56
34 34 43 43 53 62 76 76
7.07.09.09.0
11.013.016.016.0
16.116.116.116.119.325.725.725.7
17 20 21 21 26 31 31 34
16.319.622.622.629.135.445.160.1
0.120.120.120.120.120.2 0.2 0.2
Nominal No.
Shank
Excerpted from Bottle Grip Taper Shank (MAS 403-1982) and Daishowa Seiki Standard
Thread Slot on Flange
D1 d1 W 1
0.2 2
(Min.)R
(Max.)d2
H8b
H126H 4
0.5 0
t 0
0.2 3
(Min.) 5
(Min.)
Unit: mm
BT30
BT35
BT40
BBT40
BT45
BT50
BT55
BT60
20
22
25
26
30
35
40
45
46
53
63
63
85
100
125
155
38
43
53
53
73
85
107
135
13.6
14.6
16.6
16.6
21.2
23.2
26.2
28.2
17.633
21.650
25.375
25.375
33.000
40.158
51.917
60.758
56.144
65.680
75.679
75.679
100.216
119.019
147.823
180.359
4
5
5
5
6
7
9
11
8
10
10
10
12
15
18
20
8
10
10
10
12
15
18
20
2
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
0.003900.004500.004100.004100.005200.005100.006300.00650
Flange Allowance of
7/24 Taper ATD
Reference
Smaller end
DiameterD4 D6e x dD5
h8 x1
0.1 0
y1 0 0.4
v 0.1
y 0.4
Nominal No.
LE11240R0100500520001
6097-E P-59SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Note1) Allowance shall be middle class stipulated in JIS B0405, unless otherwise specified.2) A relief may be provided at “d2” portion for finish grinding on mating recess.3) BBT40 conforms to Daishowa Seiki’s standard.
6097-E P-60SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
JIS (#40) Tool Pull Stud
[Supplement]
For further information on the tool pull stud shape, refer to the standard dimensions specified in JIS (6339-1992) 40P.
54 (2
.13)
φ17
φ13
0-0.018
φ14 0-0.1
A
A
B
0.01
B0.
01
A0.
01
Material : SNCM420
Heat treatment: Carburizing (HRC 60 or higher)
R3 29
25 (0
.98)
0 -0.1
20 (0
.79)
233
3 (0
.12)
50 -0
.1
16 (0
.63)
4
5
70 -0.1
190 -0
.35
φ19 0-0.1
75° 0-30′
60°
φ 23 0-0.2
C2 (0.08)
GG
G
GG
GG
G
G
A0.
01
Unit: mm (in.)
Pul
l stu
d w
ith c
oola
nt h
ole
G
60°
60°
φ 4
φ5
φ 5
φ15 0-0.1
0+0.2
5
O-r
ing
S-1
5
M16
P=2
Not
e
3.2S
Not
e
(0.1
2)(0
.20)
(0.1
6)(0
.28
)
(0.2
0)(0
.12)
(0.75 )
(0.55 )
(0.67 )
(0.91 )
(0.7
5
)
(0.0
83
)
(0.20 )
(0.59 )
(0.16)
(0.20)
(0.51)
-0.0040
-0.0040
-0.000710
-0.0080
-0.0040
-0.0040
-0.0
138
0
(1.1
4
)
-0.0
040
(0.9
1
)
-0.0
040
-0.0
040
+0.0
098
0
0-0.1
2.1
LE11240R0100500530001
6097-E P-61SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
CAT (#40) Tool Pull Stud
[Supplement]
For further information on the tool pull stud shape, refer to the standard dimensions specified in CAT (MF2560) No. 40.
Material : SNCM420
Heat treatment: Carburizing (HRC 60 or higher)
Unit: mm (in.)
Pul
l stu
d w
ith c
oola
nt h
ole
G
60°
60°
φ 4
φ5
φ15 0-0.1
2.1
0+0.2
5
O-r
ing
S-1
5
Not
e
A
19.0
50 -0
.25
φ18.796
60°
45°
G
G
G
A0.
03
41.2
56 (1
.624
25)
25 (0
.98)
16.2
56
φ13
B0.
01
21 (0
.83)
4
±0.1
27
11.1
76 ±0
.127
1.52
43.
556
(0.1
4000
)±0
.254
3(0.
12)
4
G
G
A
B
0.03
φ 21.8+0.20
C2 (0.08)
φ16.281
φ12.446
0-0.018
A0.
01
5/8-
11U
NC
G
G
G
R2.5
(0.0
98)
±0.127
±0.127
±15′
3.2S
Not
e
(0.1
6)
(0.1
6)
±0.0
1000
(0
.0600
0
)
(0.7
500
)(φ0.49000 )
(φ0.64098 )
(0.51)
(0.858 )
(0.0
83
)(φ0.59 )
(0.16)
(0.20)
(0.74000 )±0.00500
±0.00500
-0.000710
+0.0080
-0.0040
-0.0
098
0
(0.6
4000
)
±0.0
0500
(0.4
4000
)
±0.0
0500
+0.0
098
0
φ5
(0.20 )-0.0040
0-0.1
LE11240R0100500540001
6097-E P-62SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
DIN (#40) retention knob
φ19
AG
0 -0.1
φ19
3.25
φ5(0.20)
φ4 (0.16)
60°
0-0.1
φ140-0.1
φ23
φ13 (0.51)
0-0.2
21+0
.5 0
2.5+0
.25 0
GG
G
0.01
A
G
G
G
G
30°
45°
R1 (0.04)
R0.5 (0.020)
C2 (0.08)
R2 (0
.08)
75°±15'R1
(0.04
)
φ17-0.006-0.017 g6
φ150-0.05
φ150-0.05
0.01
A
0.01
A
M16
B
54 (2
.13)
C1 (0.04
)
26 ±
0.1(1
.02 ±
0.004
)
O-rin
g S-
15
28 (1
.10)
7(0
.28)
6 (0.2
4)20
± 0.1
(0.79
± 0.0
04)
17 (0
.67)
4(0
.16)
8.5(0
.335)
11.5
(0.45
3)4
(0.16
)
4 (0.16
)
2 (0.0
8)
4 drill
Unit: mm (in.)
Material:Heat treatment:
SNCM420Carburizing(HRC52 to 58)
R1.2
at bo
ttom
corn
ers
(0.75
)0 -0
.004
(0.75 ) 0-0.004
(0.83
)
+0.02
00
(0.09
8
)+0
.0098
0
(0.55 ) 0-0.004
(0.59 ) 0-0.0020
(0.67 ) 0.00024-0.00067
(0.91 ) 0-0.008
(0.59 ) 0-0.0020
LE11240R0100500550001
6097-E P-63SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Tool shank dimensions (HSK-A63)
Extracts from DIN69893-1
For turning tool, some dimensions are specially controlled to improve tool mounting accuracy. Please consult us when using a tool other than our standard tool.
A0.015
A
A
B0.05
B
A
Section A-A Unit: mm (in.)
1:10
0-0.5R1
M18X1
φ12
(0.4
7)
24.5 (0.965)
3 (0.12)
φ34.
5 0 -0
.1
3.75+0.15 0
φ72.
3 0 -0
.1
φ55
0 -0.1
18.13JS10 (0.7138)
10+0.22 0
1+0.3 0
φ40H
11 (1
.57)
φ37
(1.4
6)
φ34
(1.3
4) H
10
12 0-0.310 0
-0.17±0.1(0.28±0.004)
MA
Xφ8
.4 (0
.331
)
20 0-0.3
26.5 0-0.226.5 0
-0.2
18 (0
.71)
H10
16 (0
.63)
H10
20 0 -0
.3
18.11 (0.7130)
9.15
(0.3
602)
φ10+0.09 0
12.5
4 ±
0.04
(0
.493
7 ±
0.00
16)
21 (0.83)
6+0.2
(0.24 )+0.008 0
0
MIN 42 (1.65)
26 0-0.232 0
-0.2
φ7.5 (0.295)
9±0.1(0.35±0.004)
18±0.1(0.71 ± 0.004)
14.7 (0.579)
6.3 (0.248)
φ46.
53+0
.007
+0.0
03
φ48
+0.0
11-0
.007
φ63
(2.4
8) H
10
R8 (0.31)
0.6 (0.024)
R
R1.5 0
-0.2
R1.5 0-0.2
R1.5
(0.059)
R0.3 (0.012)R1.2 (0.047)
R8 (0.31)
7
15°
30°
60° ± 0°15'
30°0"-0°30'
45°
φ52
(2.0
5)M
AX
30°
A0.1
A0.1
A0.002
A0.05
A0.05
B0.1
(φ0.39 0.00350
)
(1.260-0.008 ) (1.020
-0.008 )
(0.1476+0.00590 )
(0.04 0-0.020)
R8 (0.31)
(φ1.
8319
+0.0
0028
+0.0
0012
)
(φ1.
89+0
.000
43+0
.000
28)
(0.05
9 0 -0.00
8)
(φ2.
170 -0
.004
)
(φ2.
846
0 -0.0
04)
(0.39 0-0.004 )
(0.04 +0.0120 )
(0.39 +0.00870 )
(R0.059 0-0.008 )
(φ1.
358
0 -0.0
04)
(1.0430-0.008 ) (1.0430
-0.008 )
(0.7
90 -0
.012
)
(0.79 0-0.012)
(0.47 ) 0-0.012
LE11240R0100500560001
6097-E P-64SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Safety Precautions for ATC Operation
Effects of Preparation of Next ATC Tool on Machining-finished Surface
Preparing the next ATC tool during finishing may cause slight adverse effects on the finished surface due to vibration.To prevent it, use the “M227 ATC operation complete wait” command. For further information about this command, see the “Programming Manual”.
1) When indexing the magazine in the manual mode, exercise utmost care to ensure safety.2) In order to draw the tool out of the spindle tapered bore to change the tool, move the tool tip
115 mm (4.53 in.) with the tool attached to the tool spindle.3) Dirt, dust, and chips on the guide rails of the magazine, the ready station, the sub arm, the tool
change arm and other tool change units may cause an ATC malfunction.Clean from time to time. Avoid the use of compressed air when cleaning. The air could blow chips into working units and lead to major trouble. Cleaning and other maintenance work should never be made while the ATC is in motion.
4) Some tools get easily entangled with chips. Prevent chips from getting into the ATC (magazine).
5) In maintenance work, M204 (ATC door open) and M205 (ATC door close) commands allow adjustment of the ATC unit with the door open. In normal operation, however, ensure that M205 door close command is always effective.
1) The magazine, tool change arm, and spindle are designed to grip the tool positively.However, tools with sharp cutting edges are turned around during ATC cycle and may drop due to interference with workpieces or covers. DO NOT get close or touch any parts during ATC cycle.
2) Use the EMERGENCY STOP button to interrupt ATC operation. The SLIDE HOLD key on the pendant operation panel does not stop the cycle.
6097-E P-65SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Preparation of the tools to be mounted in the magazine
• The ATC magazine can store up to 30 tools (44 tools for optional ATC spec). Each tool gripper is identified with memory address and each gripper number is indicated with the nameplate at the magazine gripper.
• For the tools specified in the process sheet, it is advisable to set the tool edge dimensions in advance using the tool presetter, etc. for efficient preparation for machine operation.
• When mounting the tool in the magazine, carefully clean the tool taper shank and gripper jaws. Note that adhesion of dust to the shank may cause machining error.
• Mount the tools specified in the process sheet to the empty tool grippers.When using a tool other than the standard tools, ensure that the tool does not interfere with the adjacent tools.
• Before mounting or removing tools, move the upper saddle (ZA-axis) in the negative direction (main spindle side) and open the magazine door at the back of the machine.The tool is held by the gripper spring in the tool magazine and can be mounted or removed at a desired position.Use the tool lock/unlock lever attached to the rear of the magazine when mounting a tool or removing a tool from the magazine.
• When you mount tools to the magazine, consider the weight balance.If tools are mounted only in one side of the magazine (from No. 1 to No. 15 for example) and the difference between heavy side and light side exceeds 100 kg, the magazine rotation becomes unstable. This may hinder proper indexing of the tools.Especially when mounting heavy tools, disperse their weight uniformly in the magazine.
Removing a tool
Procedure :
1- Insert the operation lever into the objective toolpot.
2- Release the lock lever by pulling up the operation lever.
3- Fit a toolpot onto the tool.
4- While holding the tool with your hand, remove the tool from the magazine chain using the operation lever.
5- Remove the tool from the toolpot.
Inserting a tool
Procedure :
1- Match the tool phase with the toolpot and insert the tool into the toolpot.
2- While holding the tool, insert the tool into the magazine chain using the operation lever.
3- Retract the toolpot.
4- Pull out the operation lever.
6097-E P-66SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
1) Do not grip tools with a bare hand.2) Match the tool phase with the toolpot when inserting a tool, so that the tool can be
completely inserted into the toolpot.
2
6
5
4
7
9
8
3
1
Operation lever
Toolpot
Lock lever
Tool
LE11240R0100500590001
6097-E P-67SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-11.Interlock
This machine is equipped with the following interlock functions as standard specifications. These functions are important for safe operation of the machine. Thoroughly understand the explanations below before operating the machine.
• Maximum spindle speed interlock functionThe spindle speed is limited by the max. spindle speed (set by G50 command) and the allowable chuck rotation speed. The spindle speed is limited to whichever is lower.Without setting of the max. spindle speed, the spindle cannot be rotated by the program. For details regarding speed setting method and set values, refer to the OSP Operation Manual separately issued.
• Door interlock E functionSpindle or turret rotation with the door open is very dangerous. This function restricts the machine operations when the door is open.a) Max. spindle speed: 25 min-1
b) Max. feedrate: 2 m/min (7 fpm)c) The turret can be indexed only when it is indexed station by station in manual mode (the
other mode is not allowed). For detailed conditions, refer to the Safe Operation Function Manual separately issued.
• Safety door switchThis is the function for preventing the operator from opening the front door accidentally.While the machine is in operation, the safety door switch provided at door upper part operates to lock the door.Be sure to check that the machine has stopped before opening the door. Note that the attempt to forcibly open the locked door may damage the switch.The operator door can be opened when the machine is in the state of emergency stop. However, when the power is turned off or interrupted by power failure, the door cannot be opened. In such a case, release the door lock by the following procedure:a) The door lock switches are provided in two places at the upper center of the operator door.b) Remove the cap from the door lock release key insertion slot, and insert the release key
into the slot.c) Turn the release key to UNLOCK position to release the lock.d) Open the door.
- When restarting the machine, turn the release key from UNLOCK to LOCK. - The machine does not operate in the unlock state even if the door is closed. - The release key shall be always kept in the custody of the person in charge.
6097-E P-68SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-12.After Completion of a Day’s Operation
Procedure :
1- Press the CONTROL OFF button on the operation panel.
2- Turn the main switch on the control box to OFF.
3- Clean the machine and keep the surrounding area neat and in order.
• When entering the machine by unlocking the door lock switch, never approach the spindle until you confirm that it comes to a complete stop. The spindle might be rotating due to inertia.
• When you unlock the door during machine operation, the machine is stopped by interlock function. Do not unlock the door lock switch while the machine is running.
Release key insertion slot
Safety door switch
LOCK
UNLOCK
Door lock switch release key
LE11240R0100500600001
6097-E P-69SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
3-2-13.Manually Operated Chuck
(Four Jaw Independent Chuck (Kitagawa))
Inspection
Check the model name indicated on the chuck body, possible damages during transportation, and accessories.
Standards
The four-jaw independent chucks (Kitagawa) are manufactured in strict adherence to the standards stipulated in JIS B6154 (Independent chucks). The standards applied in manufacturing and inspection of the chucks are provided on the following pages.IC Type
Unit: mm (in.)
Type Maximum Chucking Diameter Run-out of Chuck Body
Circumference and Front Face
Adaptor Installation Section Dimensions
Bolts
inch mm ID Chucking OD Chucking P.C.D No. of Bolts x
Bolt Size4 100 40 (1.57) 90 (3.54)
Within 0.030 (0.00118)
75 (2.95) +0.030 (0.00118)0
86 (3.39) 4-M8
6 150 60 (2.36) 140 (5.51) 130 (5.12)
+0.040 (0.00157)0
115 (4.53) 4-M10
8 200 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28) 175 (6.89)
155 (6.10) 4-M12
10 250 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66) 150 (5.91)
125 (4.92) 4-M12
12 300 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43) 170 (6.69)
140 (5.51) 4-M12
14 350 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20)
Within 0.035 (0.00138)
190 (7.48)
+0.046 (0.00181)0
160 (6.30) 4-M12
16 400 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17) 210 (8.27)
180 (7.09) 4-M16
18 450 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94) 230 (9.06)
200 (7.87) 4-M16
20 500 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
Within 0.040 (0.00157)
250 (9.84)
220 (8.66) 4-M16
22 550 290 (11.42) 500 (19.69) 275 (10.83) +0.052 (0.00205)
0
240(9.45)
4-M20
24 600 320 (12.60) 550 (21.65) 300 (11.81)
260 (10.24) 4-M20
26 660 370 (14.57) 610 (24.02)
Within 0.045 (0.00177)
325 (12.80)
+0.089 (0.00350)0
275 (10.83) 8-M26
28 710 385 (15.16) 650 (25.59) 350 (13.78)
300 (11.81) 8-M20
30 762 435 (17.13) 700 (27.56) 375 (14.76)
325 (12.80) 8-M20
32 813 485 (19.09) 750 (29.53)
Within 0.050 (0.00197)
400 (15.75)
350 (13.78) 8-M20
36 915 555 (21.85) 850 (33.46) 450 (17.72) +0.097 (0.00382)
0
400 (15.75) 8-M24
40 1000 630 (24.80) 940 (37.01) Within 0.060 (0.00236) 500 (19.69)
450 (17.72) 8-M24
6097-E P-70SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
IA Type
Unit: mm (in.)
Spindle Nose TypeMaximum Chucking Diameter Run-out of Chuck Body
Circumference and Front FaceID Chucking OD Chucking
A-5
IA5-200 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28)
Within 0.030 (0.00118)
IA5-250 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66)
IA5-300 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43)
A-6
IA6-205 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28)
IA6-250 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66)
IA6-300 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43)
IA6-350 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20) Within 0.035 (0.00138)
IA6-400 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17)
IA6-450 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94)
IA6-500 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72) Within 0.040 (0.00157)
A-8
IA8-250 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66)Within 0.030 (0.00118)
IA8-300 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43)
IA8-350 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20)
Within 0.035 (0.00138)IA8-400 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17)
IA8-450 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94)
IA8-500 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
Within 0.040 (0.00157)IA8-550 290 (11.42) 500 (19.69)
IA8-610 320 (12.60) 550 (21.65)
A-11
IA11-400 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17)Within 0.035 (0.00138)
IA11-450 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94)
IA11-500 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
Within 0.040 (0.00157)IA11-550 290 (11.42) 500 (19.69)
IA11-610 320 (12.60) 550 (21.65)
IA11-710 385 (15.16) 650 (25.59)Within 0.045 (0.00177)
IA11-750 435 (17.13) 700 (27.56)
IA11-800 485 (19.09) 750 (29.53)Within 0.050 (0.00197)
IA11-915 555 (21.85) 850 (33.46)
IA11-1000 630 (24.80) 940 (37.01) Within 0.060 (0.00236)
6097-E P-71SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Installing Chuck
• Accuracy of adaptor installation section has direct influence to the workpiece chucking accuracy. Therefore, machine the adaptor very carefully. Required accuracy is within 0.005 mm (0.00020 in.) for run-out on circumference, face run-out, and flatness.
• Any damages such as score or foreign matter on fitting parts and installation surfaces will deteriorate chuck installation accuracy. Install the chuck only after cleaning both the chuck and the adaptor.After the installation of the chuck, measure run-out of the chuck body circumference and face. Run-out must be within 0.020 mm (0.00079 in.).
• Insert the chuck onto the spindle with the chuck drive pin hole aligned with the spindle pin. Tighten the chuck clamping bolts gradually and uniformly. After the installation, the chuck fits on the spindle end face in the following manner as illustrated below.
• To clamp a workpiece, use only the handle supplied with the chuck. If a workpiece is clamped forcibly by inserting a pipe into the handle hole, chucked part will be distorted causing shorter life and deteriorated accuracy.If higher clamping force is required for your turning operation, use a larger chuck.
• Never tap a workpiece held in the chuck.
• Select the chuck size meeting the intended machining operation.
Clearance
Clearance Clearance
Chuck seatingsurface
Chuck seatingsurface Chuck seating
surfaceLE11240R0100500650001
6097-E P-72SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
To hold a long workpiece, always use a tailstock or work rests to support the free end of the workpiece.L = L1 + ( L1 X 3.5)The workpiece whose length “L” is longer than the value calculated using the formula above, it is recommended to use a tailstock.
L
L 1
LE11240R0100500650002
6097-E P-73SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Lubrication and Cleaning
Maximum Speed
Chuck Specifications (1) - Flat back type chuck
To ensure high accuracy for a long period, clean the fitting portions between the chuck body and the chuck jaws, and between the chuck jaw serration and a screw. For the cleaning, remove the jaws. Supply oil once or twice a day.
Each chuck has its allowable maximum speed. If a chuck is rotated at a speed exceeding this limit, it will institute hazards to both operators and the machine.Always tighten or clamp the workpiece at the torque specified in the table below and use the chuck at a speed lower than the indicated maximum speed.
Type
Gripping Force Maximum Chucking Diameter Chuck
Handle Torque N-m (lbf-ft)
Gripping Force/Jaw
kN (lbf)ID Chucking
mm (in.)OD Chucking
mm (in.)Weight kg (lb)
Inertia (GD2)N-m2 (lbf-ft2)
Allowable Max. Speed
min-1
IC-4 34.0 (25.1) 4.9 (1,103) 40 (1.57) 90 (3.54) 2.4 (5.3) 0.1 (0.2) 2,000
IC-6 49.0 (36.2) 5.9 (1,328) 60 (2.36) 140 (5.51) 6.1 (13.4) 0.8 (1.9) 1,600
IC-8 83.0 (61.3) 9.8 (2,205) 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28) 14.8 (32.6) 2.9 (7.0) 1,600
IC-10 118 (87) 13.7 (3,083) 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66) 21 (46) 5.9 (14.2) 1,600
IC-12 147 (108) 15.7 (3,533) 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43) 29.5 (64.9) 13.7 (32.9) 1,400
IC-14 157 (116) 16.7 (3,758) 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20) 40 (88) 28.4 (68.2) 1,400
IC-16 215 (159) 19.6 (4,410) 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17) 56.5 (124.3) 44.1 (105.8) 1,200
IC-18 215 (159) 19.6 (4,410) 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94) 70 (154) 68.6 (164.6) 1,200
IC-20 245 (181) 21.6 (4,860) 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72) 90 (198) 116 (298) 900
IC-22 245 (181) 21.6 (4,860) 290 (11.42) 500 (19.69) 135 (297) 173 (415) 900
IC-24 275 (203) 22.5 (5,063) 320 (12.60) 550 (21.65) 150 (330) 248 (595) 900
IC-26 275 (203) 22.5 (5,063) 370 (14.57) 610 (24.02) 176 (387) 411 (986) 900
IC-28 294 (217) 23.0 (5,175) 385 (15.16) 650 (25.59) 247 (543) 569 (1,366) 900
IC-30 294 (217) 23.5 (5,288) 435 (17.13) 700 (27.56) 284 (625) 784 (1,882) 600
IC-32 294 (217) 23.5 (5,288) 485 (19.09) 750 (29.53) 357 (785) 1,039 (2,494) 600
IC-36 353 (261) 23.5 (5,288) 555 (21.85) 850 (33.46) 413 (909) 1,696 (4,070) 600
IC-40 510 (376) 29.4 (6,615) 630 (24.80) 940 (37.01) 600 (1,320) 2,971 (7,130) 600
6097-E P-74SECTION 3 OPERATION (OF CNC LATHE)
Chuck Specifications (2) - Type A short taper chuck
Spindle Nose Type
Gripping Force Maximum Chucking Diameter Chuck
Handle Torque N-m (lbf-ft)
Gripping Force/Jaw
kN (lbf)
ID Chucking mm (in.)
ODChucking mm (in.)
Weight kg (lb)
Inertia (GD2) N-m2 (lbf-ft2)
Allowable Max. Speed
min-1
A2-5 IA 5-200 83 (61) 9.8 (2,205) 75 (2.95) 185 (7.28) 14.9 (32.8) 3.1 (7.4) 3,600
A2-6
IA 6-250 118 (87) 14.7 (3,308) 95 (3.74) 220 (8.66) 24.2 (53.2) 7.45 (17.88) 3,000
IA 6-300 147 (108) 15.7 (3,533) 125 (4.92) 265 (10.43) 39.1 (86.0) 15.7 (37.7) 2,000
IA 6-350 147 (108) 15.7 (3,533) 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20) 50.9 (112.0) 29.4 (70.6) 2,000
IA 6-400 215 (159) 19.6 (4,410) 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17) 69.8 (153.6) 46.1 (110.6) 1,800
IA 6-450 245 (181) 22.5 (5,063) 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94) 97.2 (213.8) 69.6 (167.0) 1,200
IA 6-500 245 (181) 22.5 (5,063) 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
103.5 (227.7) 132 (317) 1,200
A2-8
IA 8-350 215 (159) 19.5 (4,388) 155 (6.10) 310 (12.20) 56.2 (123.6) 30.4 (73.0) 2,000
IA 8-400 245 (181) 22.5 (5,063) 190 (7.48) 360 (14.17) 73.8 (162.4) 49.0 (117.6) 1,800
IA 8-450 245 (181) 22.5 (5,063) 220 (8.66) 405 (15.94)
102.5 (225.5) 71.6 (171.8) 1,200
IA 8-500 245 (181) 22.5 (5,063) 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72)
108.4 (238.5) 139 (334) 1,200
IA 8-550 245 (181) 22.5 (5,063) 290 (11.42)
500 (19.69) 123 (271) 158 (379) 1,200
IA 8-610 275 (203) 22.5 (5,063) 320 (12.60)
550 (21.65) 136 (299) 226 (542) 1,100
A2-11
IA 11-500 245 (181) 22.5 (5,063) 250 (9.84) 450 (17.72) 130 (286) 166 (398) 1,200
IA 11-550 245 (181) 22.5 (5,063) 290 (11.42)
500 (19.69) 145 (319) 185 (444) 1,100
IA 11-610 275 (203) 22.5 (5,063) 320 (12.60)
550 (21.65) 204 (449) 338 (811) 900
IA 11-710 392 (289) 29.4 (6,615) 385 (15.16)
650 (25.59) 257 (565) 588 (1,411) 800
IA 11-750 451 (333) 29.4 (6,615) 435 (17.13)
700 (27.56) 300 (660) 840 (2,016) 800
IA 11-810 539 (398) 29.4 (6,615) 450 (17.72)
750 (29.53) 380 (836) 1,300 (3,120) 600
IA 11-915 451 (333) 29.4 (6,615) 555 (21.85)
850 (33.46) 440 (968) 1,809 (4,342) 600
IA 11-1000 657 (485) 36.3 (8,168) 630 (24.80)
940 (37.01) 570 (1,254) 2,824 (6,778) 600
A2-15
IA 15-610 441 (325) 26.5 (5,963) 280 (11.02)
520 (20.47) 215 (473) 394 (946) 900
IA 15-710 451 (333) 27.5 (6,188) 385 (15.16)
650 (25.59) 280 (616) 798 (1,915) 800
IA 15-750 451 (333) 27.5 (6,188) 420 (16.54)
690 (27.17) 230 (506) 933 (2,239) 600
IA 15-810 539 (398) 29.4 (6,615) 460 (18.11)
750 (29.53) 392 (862) 1,339 (3,214) 600
IA 15-915 726 (536) 29.4 (6,615) 500 (19.69)
800 (31.50) 500 (1,100) 2,043 (4,903) 500
IA 15-1000 726 (536) 29.4 (6,615) 550 (21.65)
900 (35.43) 610 (1,342) 2,842 (6,821) 500
6097-E P-75SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
This section deals with the maintenance requirements which must be met by every user in order to insure excellent, trouble free performance and prolonged life. It also outlines troubleshooting hints in case of machine failure.Generally, CNC lathes are used at three to four times higher utilization rates than general-purpose lathes. To insure maximum production time, periodically inspect and service your machine according to the inspection items described below.
In addition to the above periodical inspections, there are inspection and maintenance items which should be carried out whenever necessary. Since they are described later in this manual, carry them out without failure.
Frequency Inspection ItemsDaily (1) Check with the oil level gauge the oil level in the hydraulic power unit,
the slideway lubricating oil tank, the headstock cooling oil tank and the oil mist lubrication unit.
(2) Check source pressure of the hydraulic power unit and the chuck pressure. (Check tailstock pressure.)
(3) Apply grease to the hydraulic chuck master jaws.
(4) Check the air pressure on the air panel and the oil mist lubrication unit.
(5) Inspect the tapered bores of the tool spindle and the condition of tools.
(6) Check the tool air blower for normal operation.
(7) Treat the waste oil collected in the lubricating oil collecting tank.Monthly (1) Check the bedways for level and straightness.
(2) Flush out the hydraulic power unit and change the hydraulic fluid. These three items must be carried out after the first month of operation following initial installation of the machine.
(3) Change oil of the spindle cooling unit.
(4) Clean the grippers of tool change arm and sub arm.Every six months (1) Change hydraulic oil in the hydraulic power unit.
(2) Change oil of the spindle cooling unit.
(3) Check and adjust belt tension.
(4) Clean the magazine rail, ready station, sub arm, and tool change arm.
(5) Lubricate the chip conveyor.
* Clean the magazine rail, ready station, sub arm, and tool change arm whenever necessary.However, avoid using compressed air to blow chips off, because chips enter inside of these units.
6097-E P-76SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-1. Preparation of Air SourcePrepare the air source based on the following conditions.
4-1-1. Moisture
Use clean and dry air for the compressed.An air filter is mounted on a side of the machine. The air delivered from the compressor is normally hot and moist. Therefore, mount a freeze-dryer or after-cooler between the compressor and the air filter to remove moisture. (Temperature at machine air inlet is within 5°C (41°F) + room temperature.)This is because the rust generated in the pipe due to moisture will deteriorate the machine.
4-1-2. Filter Drain
If a filter drain is to be attached as a measure against water, an auto drain type filter is recommended.Drain filters require maintenance including the auto drain type, especially the filters other than the auto type do require careful maintenance.
4-1-3. Selecting a Compressor
(1) Select a compressor which can provide a little bit higher discharge pressure than the pressure actually used.(One with about +0.2 MPa (29.0 psi) higher capacity than the actual pressure is recommended.)
(2) For the air discharge capacity, select a compressor which can cover the capacity larger than the actually used air discharge amount.(One with about 10% to 20% extra capacity is recommended.)
6097-E P-77SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-2. Lubrication[Supplement]
(1) Always Use the Specified Lubricating Oil.
• If the oil other than specified is used, the lubrication unit might fail to operate normally.
• Lubricating oil used in common with coolant or lubricating oil used in common with hydraulic oil might cause corrosion of lubrication unit or mixing of oils to result in lubrication failure, which, in turn, leads to damages on the slideway surfaces.
(2) For Coolant, Use the Specified Coolant.
• Coolant usually contains chemical additives such as activator. If improper coolant is used, lubricating oil will be affected by chemicals and therefore, use the specified coolant so far as possible.
• If coolant which is not our recommendation is to be used, check to be sure that it will not cause any following problems.Mixing with lubricating oil, possible parting, peel of paint, rusting, and swelling of packingsIf a problem is found during the use of the coolant, avoid the use of such coolant.
(3) To maintain the coolant oil performance and the filter performance (life) for a long time, you should know the correct maintenance methods such as how to dilute the coolant with water and how to replenish the coolant tanks.When using an emersion type coolant, for example:
• If you supply water after poring undiluted coolant into the tank, the coolant tends to gel and causes the filter to clog in a short time.
• If the coolant is not sufficiently stirred after being supplied, it tends to gel and causes the filter to clog in a short time.
• If the PH value is 8.5 or less, the coolant is apt to rot quickly. The rotten coolant deteriorates its lubrication ability and emits odors.
(4) Amount of Lubricating Oil and Its Discharge Condition Must Be Checked Everyday.
• Whether or not lubricating oil is properly supplied can be checked by checking oil level in the tank. For normal oil consumption amount, refer to “4-2-3. Lubrication System for Bed/Saddle/Cross-slideways” in this section.
• Prior to shipment of the machine from our plant, the oil and the coolant tanks are flushed out and must therefore be refilled during the initial installation of the machine.
The machine should be completely and correctly lubricated in strict adherence to the directions in the Lubrication Chart in the following page.
6097-E P-78SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
Lubrication Chart
1Use NC11 diluted by 20 to 30 times with tap water or distilled water.For the other maker’s oil equipment to the oil list above, refer to “4-2-1. Lubricating Oil
Specification”.Note: Chip conveyor is optional.
No. Oiling Points Quantity Oil Used (ISO) Remarks1 Chuck jaws As needed Refer to the Instruction
Manual for the Chuck.- Every when cleaning chuck
jaws2 Slideway centralized
lubrication6 L
(1.6 gal)Shell Tonna Oil S68 (Shell)
G68 As needed
3 Coolant tankMACTURN 250
460 L (121.5 gal)
Hi-chip NC11 (Taiyu)*1 - As neededCoolant tankMACTURN 350
550 L (145.3 gal)
4 Headstock cooling unit 21 L(5.5 gal)
Mobil Velocite Oil No.3(ExxonMobil) FC2 In 1 month after initial
installation, and every 6 months after that
5 Sub-spindle headstock cooling unit
13 L(3.4 gal)
6 Tool spindle cooling unit 21 L(5.5 gal)
7 Hydraulic unit 20 L(5.3 gal)
Mobil DTE Excel 32 (ExxonMobil)
HM32
8 Chip conveyor (Note) As needed Mobilux EP2 (ExxonMobil)
XBCEA2 Replenish every 3 to 6 months
9 Mist lubrication unit 2 L (0.5 gal)
Mobil DTE Oil Light (ExxonMobil)
CKB32 Apply grease whenever necessary
10 ATC Cam Box 8 L (2.1 gal)
Mobil Gear 600 XP 150(ExxonMobil)
CKC150 Replenish every 6 months, and change every 2 years.
11 HSK tool clamp unit Suitable amount
Great Metal Spray (Metaflux)
- Once or twice a month (for HSK only)
NC unit
6
7
2
9
8
311
(Optional)
Operation panel1
4
10
5
LE11240R0100600020001
6097-E P-79SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-2-1. Lubricating Oil Specification
* ISO viscosity grade: 2 mm2 (0.003 in.2)/S (40 C (104 F)) or equivalent
Note
Lubricant type CodeManufacturer
Shell BP Japan ExxonMobil
Headstock gearbox CKB32 Shell Tellus S2M32 Castrol Hyspin AWS32 Mobil DTE Oil Light
Spindle Lubrication system FC10 Shell Tetra Oil 10SP Castrol Hyspin AWS10 Mobil Velocite Oil No.6
Slideway focused lubrication unit[Rotary tool (M) turret ball screw]
G68 Shell Tonna S3M68 Castrol Magna BD68 Mobil Vactra Oil No.2
G220 Shell Tonna S3M220 - Mobil Vactra Oil No.4
Hydraulic unit HM32 Shell Tellus S2M32 Castrol Hyspin AWS32 Mobil DTE Excel 32
Rotary tool holders (Grease) - - Mobilux EP2
Headstock cooling unit FC2 Shell Tetra Oil 2SP - Mobil Velocite Oil No.3*
Turret, ball screw XBCEA2 Alvania EP Grease 2 Optimol Longtime PD2Mobilux EP2
Unirex N2
ATC cam box CKC150 Shell Omala S2G150 Optigear BM150 Mobilgear 600 XP 150
Oil mist oil air lubrication of spindle bearings CKB32 - - Mobil DTE Oil Light
Chuck master jaw on chuck (Grease) KITAGAWA model hydraulic chuck: Molykote EP grease (made by Dow Corning Corporation) or Kitagawa chuck grease(For special chucks, see the attached instruction manual.)
• The above table is based on the JIS B6016-1 (ISO/TR 3498) standard.Since OKUMA does not have experience using oils other than those listed below, selection should thus be made from them. Because slideway lubricating oil contains additives such as extreme-pressure additive, it could incur variety of troubles if reacting with other oils or coolant. Therefore, pay special attention to the use of slideway lubricating oil. Headstock gearbox = Mobil DTE Oil Light (ExxonMobil) Spindle lubrication system = Mobil Velocite Oil No.6 (ExxonMobil) Slideway focused lubrication unit G68 = Shell Tonna S3M68 (Shell) Slideway focused Lubrication Unit G220 = Shell Tonna S3M220 (Shell) Hydraulic Unit = Mobil DTE Excel 32 (ExxonMobil) Rotary tool holders = Multemp PS No.2 (Kyodo Yushi) Headstock cooling unit = Mobil Velocite Oil No.3 (ExxonMobil) Turret, ball screw = Mobilux EP2, Unirex N2 (ExxonMobil) Oil mist oil air lubrication of spindle bearings = Mobil DTE Oil Light (ExxonMobil)
• As for service point or amount of lubricating oil of the machine, refer to the instruction manual of respective machine models.
• Lubricating oil used in common with coolant or lubricating oil used in common with hydraulic oil might cause corrosion of lubrication unit or turbidness of oils to result in lubrication failure, which, in turn, leads to damages on the slideway surface or ball screw. (OKUMA takes no responsibility for the problems caused by using lubricating oil that we did not recommend.)
• As for oil replenishment for the optional accessories such as special chucks or chip conveyor, refer to the special instruction manual supplied with individual accessories.
• If the slideway lubricant gets into the coolant and causes undesirable effects, we have oil skimmer (optional) that may resolve the issue. Please contact OKUMA for details.
6097-E P-80SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-2-2. Spindle Lubrication System
All the spindle bearings are lubricated by packed high quality grease, requiring no further greasing.
4-2-3. Lubrication System for Bed/Saddle/Cross-slide Slideways
The centralized lubricating oil tank is accessible by opening the oil filter port cover. The lubricating oil is fed to the X- and Y- and Z-axis linear guides, X- and Y- and Z-axis ball screws, turret, magazine chain, C-axis brake and tailstock sleeve.
Oil Specification G68 (ISO)Amount 6 liter (1.6 gal)Oil Change Interval Replenish as required. Low lubrication level alarm detected by the level
switch occurs in approx.100 hour operation. Check oil level every day and replenish lubricating oil before the alarm occurs.
Check oil level before starting day’s operation.With the power ON, the lubricating oil is discharged by the amount of three times. The number of discharging times is set at the parameter. Consult us when changing this number.
Oil filler port
Lubrication tank
Oil level gauge
LE11240R0100600050001
6097-E P-81SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-2-4. Turret
The rotary (M-tool) spindle is lubricated by the oil mist lubrication unit mounted at the right of the machine (see oiling point No. 9 in the Lubrication Chart).For the method of lubricating the oil mist lubrication unit, refer to "4-4. Inspecting and Replenishing Oil Mist Lubrication Unit".
4-2-5. ATC Cam Box
The ATC cam box is lubricated when the machine is shipped from Okuma. Therefore, lubrication is not necessary right after the machine is installed.Check the oil level every 2000 hours of operation (six months) to confirm that the oil level is at the middle of oil level window. If insufficient, supply oil from the lubrication port at a side of the machine.
Specified oil CKC150 (ISO)Oil supply amount 8 liter (2.1 US gal)Inspection/lubrication interval Inspect every 2000 hrs (every six months).Oil change interval Change every two years.
Oil filler port
Oil windowATC cam box
LE11240R0100600070001
6097-E P-82SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-2-6. Maintenance and Inspection of HSK Tool Clamping Unit (HSK Tool Specification)
Greasing Clamping Unit
Due to the construction, the HSK tool clamping unit operates under friction. Therefore, if friction force that prevents normal operation of the clamping unit parts is generated, tool clamping error will take place.For the method of lubricating the oil mist lubrication unit, refer to "3. Inspecting and Replenishing Oil Mist Lubrication Unit."
Procedure :
1- Manually set the clamping unit in the unclamp state and remove a tool.
2- Set the clamping unit in the clamp state, as illustrated below, and supply grease through the finger to finger gap with the nozzle entered 3 to 5 mm (0.12 to 0.20 in.) into the gap. At each gap, supply grease by one shot.
3- Grease specification :Use METAFLUX 70-81, supplied with the machine, or equivalent product.
4- Greasing interval : 1 - 2 times a month.
MET
AFLU
X
FingerFinger
METAFLUX GREAT METAL SPRAY 70-81 H1104-000-78LE11240R0100600080001
6097-E P-83SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
Inspecting the Packing used in the Clamping Unit
The coolant supply port to the HSK tool incorporates a U-packing.When this U-packing wears, coolant may leak and deteriorate the spindle functions.To maintain stable spindle operation over a long period, inspect the U-packing at regular intervals. If wear is observed on the packing, replace it as soon as possible.Although the wear developing speed may vary with the machine operating conditions, it is recommended that you inspect the packing once or twice a month.
Procedure :
1- Unclamp the clamping unit by manual operation and remove the tool.
2- Remove the U-packing using a flathead screwdriver.
3- Attach a new packing by hand.
Note
When ordering the U-packing, specify the following part data.
Do no reuse the removed packing. Coolant may leak before long through the worn or damaged part.
Part No. : F119-0002-51Part name : Oil sealType : Fukuda Corporation C1-1028V3664 VITON for HSK-A63
U-packing
LE11240R0100600090001
6097-E P-84SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-3. Adjusting Centralized Lubrication Unit
4-3-1. Adjusting Pump Delivery
The delivery amount to each lubrication point is controlled by the metering type distribution valve, and no further adjustment is necessary.A metering type distribution valve is provided at the rear of machine (inside the cover) and at the side of sub spindle. The delivery condition of lubricating oil can be checked visually. (Use sufficient care when checking the delivery condition.)
4-3-2. Maintenance and Countermeasure
When no lubricating oil is delivered:
• Oil level is low.Replenish the lubricating oil of the same brand.
• The pump is at a rest: The pump operates intermittently.The pump operation interval is set at about 5 minutes.
• The suction filter is clogged.Clean the suction filter at least every six months. (See the figure below.)
• The motor does not rotate. Check wiring.
6097-E P-85SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-3-3. Other Remarks
• The lubricating oil to be replenished must be clean and it must be of the same brand as currently used.
• When cleaning the tank and the filter, NEVER USE THINNER OR TRICHLEN (trichloroethylene) SHOWING HIGH VOLATILE CHARACTERISTICS.
• Specified Oil: G68 (ISO)
• Suction filter cleaning procedure:
a. Remove the pump. (Bolt M5 × 2pc.)
b. Take out the pump and clean the suction filter provided at the end of the suction pipe.
c. Reinstall the pump at the original location.
Suction filter
LE11240R0100600120001
6097-E P-86SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-4. Inspecting and Replenishing Oil Mist Lubrication Unit
4-4-1. Air Flow Rate
The required air flow of this oil mist lubrication unit is approximately 300 NL/min. [Primary air pressure: 0.5 - 0.6 MPa (72.6 - 87.1 psi)]Connect the lubrication unit to the air source that can cover this flow capacity.
[Supplement]
4-4-2. Checking Air Pressure
When starting the daily operation, check that the working pressure and the manifold pressure are at the specified levels.Perform these checks after operating the oil mist lubrication unit (while the C-axis is connected or the M-tool spindle is rotating).The specified pressure are as follows:
The above pressures are set before shipment, eliminating the need for adjustment. (If the lubrication unit does not reach the set pressure, check the air source for air supply amount.)
Air to be supplied must be dry, and keep the air temperature at a temperature 5°C (41°F) higher than the room temperature.
Working pressure 0.22MPa (31.92 psi)Manifold pressure 0.10MPa (14.51 psi)
Pressure gauge indicating working pressure
Working pressure adjusting knob
Mist lubrication ON/OFF solenoid valve
Pressure gauge indicating manifold pressure(Operation panel)
Oil mist lubrication unit
LE11240R0100600140001
6097-E P-87SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-4-3. Replenishment
(1) Specified Oil: ISO CKB32The lubricating oils used for oil mist lubrication must have the characteristic that they can be easily sprayed as mist. This characteristic varies with the product. The table below shows the recommended oils whose performance has been field-proven. Select the lubricating oil from the table whenever possible.
(2) Oil Supply TimingCheck the unit’s oil level every day before starting operation, and supply oil before the oil level drops to the lower limit.
Maker Product NameExxonMobil Mobil DTE Oil Light
Some oils are remarkably unfit for oil mist lubrication. If you use an oil other than specified above, please consult us.
Oil filler portPressure gauge indicating manifold pressure
Manifold pressure adjusting screw
LE11240R0100600150001
6097-E P-88SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-5. Lubrication and Cleaning of Spindle Cooling Unit
4-5-1. Main Spindle Cooling Unit
The cooling unit adjusts the main headstock temperature to an optimum value in synchronization with the bed temperature.
Lubrication
Do not supply the oil exceeding the upper limit.
Specified Oil (ISO) FC2Amount 21 L (5.5 gal)
Oil Change Interval In 1 month after initial installation, and every 6 months after that
(Air panel)
Air filter element
Temperature adjusting dial
Oil filler port
Oil level gaugeDrain port
LE11240R0100600160001
6097-E P-89SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
Cleaning the air filter
(1) Remove the cover at the lower part of the machine left side.
(2) Pull up the air filter at the back of the air exhaust fan.Clean the clogged air filter, and insert it in its original place.
(3) Clean the air filter twice a month.
(4) Clean the air filter by washing in water or using an air gun.
1) Failure to clean the air filter may remarkably deteriorate the cooling effect, and the thermal relay of the cooling unit motor may trip depending on the case.
2) If the thermal relay of the cooling unit trips, check the air filter for clogging, ambient temperature (which must not exceed 45°C (113°F)) and the other possibility that has caused excessive load.
3) Do not change the set thermal value.
6097-E P-90SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-5-2. Rotary Tool (M-tool) Spindle Cooling Unit
This cooling unit adjusts the spindlehead temperature of the rotary tool spindle to an optimum value in synchronization with the bed temperature.
Air filter element
Magazine maintenance door
Drain port
Oil filler port
Temperature adjusting dial
Oil level gauge
(Magazine operation panel)LE11240R0100600190001
6097-E P-91SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
Lubrication
Cleaning the air filter
(1) Move the upper saddle (ZA-axis) to the right side (+ side) in advance.
(2) Open the magazine maintenance door at the rear left of the machine.
(3) Pull the air filter to the left at the back of the air exhaust fan.Clean the clogged filter, and insert it in its original place.
(4) Clean the air filter twice a month.
(5) Clean the air filter by washing in water or using an air gun.
Specified Oil (ISO) FC2Amount 21 L (5.5 gal)
Oil Change Interval In 1 month after initial installation, and every 6 months after that
1) Failure to clean the air filter may remarkably deteriorate the cooling effect.2) If the thermal relay of the cooling unit trips, check the air filter for clogging, ambient
temperature (which must not exceed 45°C (113°F)) and the other possibility that has caused excessive load.
3) Do not change the set thermal value.
6097-E P-92SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-5-3. Sub Spindle Cooling Unit
This cooling unit adjusts the sub spindlehead temperature to an optimum value in synchronization with the bed temperature.
Lubrication
Specified Oil (ISO) FC2Amount 13 L (3.4 gal)
Oil Change Interval In 1 month after initial installation, and every 6 months after that
Air filter element
Oil filler port
(Hydraulic unit)
Temperature adjusting dial
Drain port Oil level gauge
LE11240R0100600220001
6097-E P-93SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
Cleaning the air filter
(1) Move the upper saddle (ZA-axis) to the right side (+ side) in advance.
(2) Remove the lower cover at the rear left of the machine.
(3) Pull up the air filter at the back of the air exhaust fan.Clean the clogged filter, and insert it in its original place.
(4) Clean the air filter twice a month.
(5) Clean the air filter by washing in water or using an air gun.
1) Failure to clean the air filter may remarkably deteriorate the cooling effect, and the thermal relay of the cooling unit motor may trip depending on the case.
2) If the thermal relay of the cooling unit trips, check the air filter for clogging, ambient temperature (which must not exceed 45°C (113°F)) and the other possibility that has caused excessive load.
3) Do not change the set thermal value.
6097-E P-94SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-6. Removing Sludge from Coolant Unit
4-6-1. Procedure for Cleaning Separate Coolant Tank
Procedure :
1- Drain the coolant tank (by operating the coolant pump).
2- Remove the hoses and electric wires from the coolant unit.
3- Pull out the tank forward.
4- Pull out the chip pan or the chip conveyor.
5- Clean inside of the tank.
6- Clean the filter and fine chip collection bucket.
7- After cleaning the tank, return it to its original place. At this time, push the tank until it touches the front rail. Then, align the tank left end with the machine left end cover. (Note that defective setting of the tank may lead to coolant leakage.)
Cover
Separate coolant tank
Coolant pump
Thickener bag filter unit
Filter
FilterLubricating oil collection tank
Fine chip collection bucketLE11240R0100600250001
6097-E P-95SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-6-2. Cleaning the Filter
The filter can be pulled up without pulling out the tank.Clean the two clogged filters, and insert them in their original places.Clogged filter may remarkably reduce the coolant discharge amount. Clean the filters whenever necessary.If sludge is deposited in the bottom of the tank, clean the tank according to the above procedure when cleaning the filter.
4-6-3. Cleaning the Fine Chips Collection Bucket
The machine with the chip conveyor collects fine chips ejected from the coolant drain hole of the chip conveyor in the bucket.Remove the cover at the front right of the coolant tank.Pull out the chip collection bucket and clean the bucket.After cleaning, set the bucket in its place.The fine chip collection bucket restrains deposition of the sludge in the coolant tank and elongates the cleaning interval. Clean the fine chip collection bucket whenever necessary.
6097-E P-96SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-6-4. Thickener Bag Filter (Changing Procedure of Element)
Procedure :
1- Remove the filter upper cover and check if each filter cell is filled with chips up to the root of the pipe.
2- If the cell is full, stop the used coolant flow after end of operation so that coolant is dehydrated naturally during the night.The sludge becomes the scum with 70 to 85% water after being left for about 8 to 24 hours.
3- When the filter is drained in the next morning, pull out the filter from the pipe arm and change it with a new one. Dispose of or burn the used filter with the bag opening closed.
4- After changing the filter element, open the overflow tank drain valve to drain the tank. Then, close the valve.
Pipe arm
Filter upper cover
Float switch
Coolant supplied from the coolant pump
Overflow tank
Overflow tank drain valve Deposits
Separator system SR6015-1078Part No.: H0032-0012-85Filter element 15�
LE11240R0100600290001
6097-E P-97SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-7. Collecting Used Lubricating OilPart of used lubricating oil is collected in the tank shown in the figure below. Drain the tank whenever necessary. Note that the oil overflowing from this tank enters into the coolant tank.
Chip Side Disposal
Lubrication oilcollecting tank
LE11240R0100600300001
6097-E P-98SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-8. Tensioning Belts
4-8-1. Timing Belt for the XB-axis Servomotor
Provide deflection δ at the center of the belt span and the tension load “F”.When installing a new belt, or readjusting the present belt, the tension should be adjusted to the values shown in table below.Move the motor base to adjust belt tension.
( ): Okuma parts number
Before adjusting belt tension or changing belts, be sure to shut off the power to the machine to ensure safety.
Type of Belt Type and Size No. of Belt F N (lbf) δ mm (in.)Timing Belt(manufacturer: Bando Chemical Industries)
STS belt(M119-0019-52)250S8M728, Oil-resistant
1 62(14) 3.84 (0.1512)
F
Motor pulleyMotor base
XB-axis servomotor
Ball screw pulley
δ
LE11240R0100600320001
6097-E P-99SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-9. Adjusting the ATCAdjusting the magazine chain tensionWhen the magazine toolpot chain slacks and generates large vibration during magazine rotation after a long time of use, move the chain guide to remove slackness from the chain.Loosen the lock nut and rotate the push bolt clockwise. Note that over-tightening may lower the magazine rotation speed.
30-tool Magazine
Push bolt
Lock nut
LE11240R0100600330001
6097-E P-100SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
44-tool Magazine
Lock nut Push bolt
LE11240R0100600330002
6097-E P-101SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-10. Other Maintenance Items
4-10-1.Alignment of Headstock
If taper is generated on the turned workpiece in the chuck work operation, proceed with the alignment of the headstock as follows:
Procedure :
1- Loosen the headstock clamping screws (M24, 7 pc).
2- Align the headstock by swinging it around the pin in the direction (c) or (d). For this purpose, use the adjust screw (a) or (b) to push or pull the headstock. During adjustment, apply a dial indicator to the tip of the test piece and check the readings.
3- When a required accuracy is obtained, tighten the seven clamping screws using care not to move the dial indicator needle.
For Your InformationThe Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) specifies that the lathe should turn cylindrically to within 0.015 per 225 mm (0.00059 per 8.86 in.) of finishing length of work held in a chuck to hold the work.
A
A
Pin
(a) Pulling screw
(b) Pushing screw
View A-A
(d)
(c)
(M24)Headstock clamp bolt
Pin
(b) Pushing screw
(a) Pulling screw
LE11240R0100600340001
Dial indicator
Test piece
LE11240R0100600340002
6097-E P-102SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-10-2.Measures to Be Taken when Inspecting X-axis Ball Screw
Sample measure against falling
Before removing X-axis servomotor to maintain or inspect the X-axis ball screw, servomotor or the other X-axis-related parts, support the turret with a wood block or the like to prevent the turret from falling.
Lower turret (Optional)
Place a wood block, etc. to prevent falling of the turret
LE11240R0100600350001
6097-E P-103SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-11. Front Door Safety Window Glass Replacement
4-11-1.Replacement Interval
Safety window glass performance gradually deteriorates due to coolant corrosion. Accordingly, scattering chips and workpiece may fly out breaking the window glass. The safety window glass must be replaced every two years.
6097-E P-104SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-11-2.Replacement Procedure
Outline
Detach the front door from the machine and change the safety window glass. The following section explains how to detach the front door and change the safety window glass.
Detaching and Changing
Procedure :
1- Loosen and remove the twelve bolts [4] on the upper covers [1] to [3]. (Fig. 1)(Weight: [1] approx 12 kg (26 lb), [2] approx 11 kg (24 lb), [3] approx 2 kg (4 lb))
2- Loosen and remove the fourteen bolts [7] on the lower covers [5] and [6]. (Fig. 2)(Weight: [5] approx 12 kg (26 lb), [6] approx 12 kg (26 lb))
LE11240R0100600380001
6097-E P-105SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
3- Open the front doors [8] and [9] and then loosen and remove the forty six bolts [12] on the wipers [10] and [11]. (Fig. 3) (The wipers are removed to prevent them from getting bent or damaged due to interfering with the front doors to be removed.)
4- At the operation panel arm [13], loosen the two bolts [15] on the stopper [14]. (Fig. 4)
5- Turn the rotation arm [13] to the left end and slide the front door [9] to the right end. (Fig. 5)
LE11240R0100600380002
LE11240R0100600380003
LE11240R0100600380004
6097-E P-106SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
6- Attach the two hoisting bolts (M8) on the top of the front door [9], which weights approximately 240 kg (528 lb). Slightly pull the wire rope so that the cover would not fall off. (Fig. 6)
7- At the LM guideway area, slightly loosen the eight bolts [17] on the LM block [16]. Do not detach the LM block. (Fig. 7)
LE11240R0100600380005
LE11240R0100600380006
6097-E P-107SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
8- Loosen the four bolts [19] on the installation bracket for the LM block [18] and remove the bolts only. (Fig. 8)
9- Gently tilt the front door by slowly moving the wire (crane) toward the operator's side. (Fig. 9)
LE11240R0100600380007
LE11240R0100600380008
6097-E P-108SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
10- Pull out the door in the arrow direction. (Fig. 10)
11- To prevent the door from getting damaged, place a soft cloth on the floor and the front door on top of it inside up. It is recommended to have wooden blocks beneath the door so that the door handle would not hit the floor. (Fig. 11)
12- Loosen and remove the eight bolts [21] on the inside door cover [20], which weights approximately 12 kg (26 lb). (Fig. 12)
13- Remove the packing [22] and [24] without leaving debris. (Fig. 12)
14- Replace the safety window glass [23] with the new one. (Fig. 12)
LE11240R0100600380009
LE11240R0100600380010
6097-E P-109SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
15- Replace the packings [22] and [24] with the new ones. (Fig. 12)
16- Attach the door in the reverse order. (Do not attach the cover yet.)
17- Verify that the door open and close confirmation signals are output regularly without error.
When replacing the safety window glass, make sure to apply bond only one side (glass side) on the packing [22] but apply sealing agent on the both sides on the packing [24]. (Fig. 13)
LE11240R0100600380011
LE11240R0100600380012
6097-E P-110SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
18- Verify that the door lock and unlock confirmation signals are output regularly without error.
19- Verify no leakage is observed and attach the cover back on.
6097-E P-111SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-12. Troubleshooting(1) Trouble occurrence(2) Check the electrical signals on screen.(3) Reduce the downtime.The actual procedures are as follows.
4-12-1.Trouble with Headstock
No Spindle Rotation
Is the power chuck closed? For model with tailstock:
CENTER WORK/CHUCK WORK (user parameter) is set at:• CENTER WORK.....Tailstock sleeve must be at the advance end.
• CHUCK WORK.....Tailstock sleeve must be at the retract end.
No Chuck Jaw Movement
STEP CASE YES NO1 Is the hydraulic oil pressure under the
required level?Adjust the chuck pressure.(See “Adjustment of Oil Pressure for Hydraulic Chuck” in “3-2-6. Hydraulic Power Chuck”.)
STEP2
2 Does the rod connecting position need adjustment?
Adjust the draw screw setting.(See “Installation of Hydraulic Chuck” in “3-2-6. Hydraulic Power Chuck”.)
STEP3
3 Is there something wrong with master jaw movements?
Remove chips and apply machine oil.
6097-E P-112SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-12-2.Trouble with Turret
No Turret Indexing
Weak Turret Clamping Pressure
STEP CASE YES NO1 Is the turret located in other than the
turret index position?Locate the turret to the turret indexing position manually.
STEP2
2 Have chips accumulated under the turret?
Remove chips. STEP3
3 Is the turret in clamped state? Check the I/O signals by displaying the check data screen on the operation panel.
STEP CASE YES NO1 Is the hydraulic oil pressure under the
required level?Adjust the system pressure. (See “Adjustment of Pressure” in “3-2-2. Hydraulic Power Unit”.)
6097-E P-113SECTION 4 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (FOR TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION)
4-12-3.Others
No Lubricating Oil Flow to X-/Z-/W-axis Slideways
No Coolant Supply
No Pressure Building-up of Hydraulic Power Unit
STEP CASE YES NO1 Lubricating oil is not consumed in one
to two days.Step2
2 Lubrication pump is faulty. Adjust the centralized lubrication unit. (See “4-3. Adjusting Centralized Lubrication Unit” in this section.)
Step3
3 Distribution valve is not operating. Change the centralized lubrication unit.
STEP CASE YES NO1 Coolant pump motor is not rotating. Check if the overload
relay in the control box (4) is tripped.
Step2
2 Filter is clogged. Clean the strainer. (See “4-6. Removing Sludge from Coolant Unit” in this section.)
Step3
3 Coolant tank is not filled to the specified level.
Replenish the coolant.
STEP CASE YES NO1 Hydraulic power unit pump motor is
not operating.Check if the overload relay is tripped.
Step2
2 Filter is clogged. Clean the filter. (See “3-2-2. Hydraulic Power Unit” in “Operation of CNC Lathe”.)
Step3
3 Hydraulic oil tank is not filled to the specified level.
Replenish the hydraulic oil.
6097-E P-114SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
5-1. Air Unit
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No. 1 D solenoid valve CKD M4GB330-08-B-2-3 1 ATC shutter (open/close) F0000-452-001-13
2 D solenoid valve CKD M4GB340-C10-BH-2-3 1 Air panel (auto door)
3 S solenoid valve CKD ADK11-15A-02HS-DC24V 1 Air panel F0001-400-005-67
4 S solenoid valve CKD CVS2-15A-10-02HS-3 2 H1 C.SOL installation N F0001-401-000-12
5 S solenoid valve CKD FAD-10A-2HS-3 DC24V 1 Oil mist lubrication F0001-400-004-97
6 S solenoid valve CKD GFAB41-5-12HS-3 1 Air panel (main/sub chuck air blow)
F0001-400-004-33
7 Pressure gauge SMC G46-P4-01-X30 MPA 2 Oil mist lubrication T019-400-007-39
8 Pressure gauge CKD G41D-8-P10 1 Air panel (Japan Market Specs.)
T019-400-005-04-1
9 Pressure gauge CKD G41D-8-PS15 1 Air panel (Overseas Market Specs.)
T019-400-006-42
10 Pressure switch CKD APE-8T-3N 1 Air panel (Japan Market Specs.)
E3040-453-040
11 Pressure switch CKD APE-8T-3N-FL258722 1 Air panel (Overseas Market Specs.)
E3040-453-042
12 Ejector Pisco VRL300-030204 R1/4.3/8.1/2 1 Mist collector H0090-0004-66
13 Air cylinder CKD SCM-00-40B-510 1 ATC shutter (open/close) H0002-0023-34
14 Air filter CKD F4000-15-F-B 1 Air panel H0032-0007-48
15 Oil mist filter CKD M4000-10-FLL286465 1 Air panel H0032-0012-26
16 Silencer CKD CKD SLW-10A 2 ATC shutter (open/close) H0036-0000-42
17 Silencer CKD SLW-10A 2 Air panel H0036-0001-42
18 Silencer CKD SLW-10L 3 Mist collector H0036-0001-56
19 Speed controller CKD SC1-8 2 Air panel (auto door) F0031-581-000-10
20 Speed controller CKD SC3R-8 1 Air panel (M-spindle air purge)
F0031-581-000-34
21 Speed control valve CKD SC3G-6-8 2 ZA left telescoping cover F0031-581-000-45
22 Drain separator CKD FX1011-15F 1 Air panel H0032-0012-25
23 Regulator CKD R300-10-T8-B 1 Air panel F0015-410-001-69
24 Regulator CKD R3000-10-T G41-4-8-S2 1 Oil mist lubrication F0015-510-000-47
6097-E P-115SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
5-2. Hydraulic Equipment
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No. 1 Hydraulic pump NACHI UVN-1A1A3-22-4-6128A 1 Hydraulic unit
2 Suction filter Daiei YMD-60615 1 Hydraulic unit H0032-0005-74
3 Line filter Yamashin DT-04-30-10-RC1/2 1 Hydraulic unit H0032-0009-94
4 Pressure gauge Yodogawa PAGT-R1/4 × 60 × 10MSafety mark only in MPa scale
1 Hydraulic unit T019-400-008-41
5 Radiator Koyo Radiator W307-01 1 Hydraulic unit H0110-0004-59
6 Level switch ASK LSN-105L-A-11 1 Hydraulic unit
7 Pressure switch Nagano CP20-213 1 Hydraulic unit E3040-539-056
8 D solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-E3X-K-D2-5377A 1 Hydraulic unit (lower turret) F0000-442-000-94
9 D solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-E3X-K-D2-5377A 2 Chuck open/close (main, sub spindles)
F0000-431-000-45
10 D solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-C6-K-D2-5377A 5 C-axis brake (main, sub spindles), RS swing, M-spindle
F0000-445-000-94
11 D solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-C5-K-D2-5377A 1 RS tool insertion/extraction F0000-442-001-38
12 S solenoid valve NACHI SA-G01-A3X-K-D2-5377A 4 Upper turret C-axis brake drain
F0001-431-000-98
13 Level switch Noken K OLV-5-1 union w/ 2 terminal box (float side/box side)
1 Sub spindle drain collection H0090-0003-63
14 Reducing valve NACHI OGS-G01-P1C-K-D2-5938C (substitute for F0011-720-000-13)
1 Turret manifold block NCB F0011-720-000-19
15 Reducing valve NACHI OG-G01-PC-K-21 2 Chuck pressure (main sub, spindles)
F0011-630-000-11
16 Reducing valve NACHI OG-G01-B1-21 1 C-axis brake pressure (main sub spindle)
F0011-740-000-31
17 Speed control valve NACHI OCY-G01-W-Y-20 2 RS swing, tool insertion/extraction
F0031-980-000-04
18 Check valve NACHI OCP-G01-W1-20 1 RS swing F0040-980-000-11
19 Check valve NACHI OCP-G01-A1-21 2 Upper turret unclamp F0040-980-000-20
20 Oil temp. regulator OE MACTURN250 spindle cooling (STD) with disconnection detecting sensor 5M
1 Spindle cooling (STD) H0110-0007-70-2
21 Oil temp. regulator Mac MACTURN250 sub spindle cooling (STD) with disconnection detecting sensor 5M
1 Sub spindle cooling (STD) H0110-0008-39
22 Oil temp. regulator OE MACTURAN250 M-spindle cooling (STD) with disconnection detecting sensor 5M
1 M-spindle cooling (STD) H0110-0008-37
23 Check valve Ihara KZC16-050N 1 Sub spindle drain collection F0040-683-000-03
24 Strainer Masuda W-MSN-02 1 Sub spindle drain collection H0032-0012-14
25 Trochoid pump NOP TOP-2MY400-IP-204HBMVB5 equivalent to IEC
1 Sub spindle drain collection F0101-61-000-05
26 Dester block Showa DSA2 (2-0.2) 1 Lower turret H0019-0002-63
27 Dester block Showa DS5Z (4-0.03) 1 Lower turret H0019-0004-75
28 Dester block Showa DS5Z (4-0.03 .1-0.1) 1 Lower turret H0019-0002-89
29 Dester block Showa DS5Z (1-0.1 .4-0.03) 1 Lower turret H0019-0002-83
30 Pressure switch Nagano CQ20-331-7MPA/PSI PF3/8 with slottle for export
1 Upper turret NCBChuck cylinder
E3040-539-067
31 Oil temp. regulator Daikin AKZ147-C (CE-compliant non-CFC device), with specification provided
1 Hydraulic oil temp. regulator H0110-0008-11-1
32 Lubrication unit Showa 1 Slideway lubrication H0120-0005-86
33 Oil Micron Unit VOGEL VCM2000S-KW3 1 M-tool spindle lubrication (Japan Market Specs.)
H0120-0008-08-1
VCM2000S-KW3-A2-SP2 1 M-tool spindle lubrication (Overseas Market Specs.)
H0120-0008-52
6097-E P-116SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
5-3. Electrical Parts (Mounted in Machine)
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No. 1 AC motor Okuma Built-in stator VAC-MB22/15-5/50-
R11 Main headstock (STD/big-
bore)E1006-288-063-1
2 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotor VAC-MB22/15-5/50 1 Main headstock (STD) E1006-288-062
3 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotor VAC-MB22/15-5/50-A 1 Main headstock (big-bore) E1006-288-066
4 AC motor Okuma Built-in stator VAC-MB7.5/5.5-4.5/70
1 Sub headstock (STD) E1005-288-083
5 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotor VAC-MB7.5/5.5-4.5/70
1 Sub headstock (STD) E1005-288-082
6 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotor VAC-MB11/7.5-6.5/70-A
1 Sub headstock (STD/big-bore)
E1005-288-084
7 AC motor Okuma Built-in stator VAC-MB5.5/3.7-11/60-A
1 H1 B-axis for machining at 6000 min-1
E1004-288-069
8 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotor VAC-MB5.5/3.7-11/60-A
1 H1 B-axis for machining at 6000 min-1
E1004-288-068
9 AC motor Okuma Built-in stator VAC-MB5.5/3.7-12/150
1 H1 B-axis for machining at 12000 min-1
E1004-288-071
10 AC motor Okuma Built-in rotor VAC-MB5.5/3.7-12/150
1 H1 B-axis for machining at 12000 min-1
E1004-288-070
11 Equipment switch Metrol Sensor head H4DZ-05-18H, Connector CN-2C, Cord CC2-5
2 TC probe H55 E3045-857-039
12 Proximity switch Omron E2EM-X4X1-M1J0.3M 1 RS swing E3020-397-334
13 Proximity switch sensor Omron E2E-C1C1 with 600 mm lead cable XS2G-D425
7 Upper turret E3020-397-310
14 Proximity switch sensor Omron E2E-C1C2 with 600 mm lead cable XS2G-D425
1 Upper turret E3020-397-311
15 Proximity switch sensor Omron E2E-X3D1-M1G 6 ATC, ATC shutter open/close, RS swing
E3020-397-265
16 Proximity switch sensor Omron E2E-X3D1-M1GJ 2 RS tool insertion/extraction E3020-397-285
17 Proximity switch sensor Yamatake FL7M-3J6HD or Omron E2E-X3D1-N M12 NO with 2 m shield cable
1 H1 turret with 1° index B-axis E3020-891-057
18 Proximity switch sensor Yamatake FL7M-3J6HD or Omron E2E-X3D1-N M12 NO with 5 m shield cable
1 Touch setter unit E3020-891-062
19 Proximity switch sensor Omron TL-T2E1 1 Lower turret L E3020-397-101
20 Proximity switch sensor Omron TL-T2E15 difference frequency type
1 Lower turret L E3020-397-182
21 Light receiver forphotoelectronic switch
Omron E3S-CL1 with 5 m lead cable 1 Tool magazine E3031-397-008
22 Thermistor cable Hagiwara 103AT-4 (high response) 5 m 3 Upper turret E4925-653-005-1
23 Door lock switch Omron D4BL-2DRG with operation key D4BL-K3
1 Magazine cover E3049-397-020
24 Door lock switch Izumi HS1E-140KR 2 Front door E3049-031-006
25 Foot switch Osaka Jido Denki
With OFL-1-SM2C cover but without lead cable
2 Chuck open/close E2860-119-001
26 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME120J-40SN 1 H1 turret U4405-0005-002-00
27 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME150J-30SN 1 Ys-axis U4408-0005-002-00
28 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME200J-20TB 1 ATC, MG unit U4881-0005-002-00
29 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME200J-20TB 1 Xb-axis U4881-0005-002-00
30 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME300J-20SN 1 Zb-axis U4413-0005-002-00
31 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME40J-40SB 1 Tool magazine U4503-0005-002-00
32 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME300J-20SN 1 Za-axis U4413-0005-002-00
33 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME300J-20SB 1 Xa-axis U4513-0005-002-00
34 Brushless servomotor Okuma BL-ME300J-20SN 1 W-axis U4413-0005-002-00
35 Brushless servomotor Okuma PX-MAF230J-3TBA 1 Lower turret A005-3300-01-010
36 Fluorescent lamp Matsushita Z3Y13901-K 18WX1 AC100V 50/60HZ
1 Work lamp E3532-801-016
37 Proximity switch sensor Omron OmronE2E-X1C1 with 2-m lead wire
2 Tailstock E3020-397-174
6097-E P-117SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
5-4. Consumable Parts
38 Proximity switch sensor Yamatake FL7M-3J6HD or Omron E2E-X3D1-N M12 NO with 2-m shielded wire
2 Tailstock E3020-891-057
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No. 1 Packing Sakagami SKY-901006 1 Upper turret H0031-0019-53
2 Packing Sakagami SKY-75 1 Upper turret H0031-0008-53
3 Piston seal NOK SPGR 170 × 180 × 4 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-56
4 Piston seal NOK M240 for turret 1 Upper turret H0031-0020-10
5 Piston seal NOK SPGR 195 × 205 × 4 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-80
6 Piston seal NOK SPGR 260 × 270 × 3.8 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-88
7 Rod seal NOK SPNR 125 × 135 × 4 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-77
8 Rod seal NOK SPNR 195 × 205 × 4 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-79
9 Rod seal NOK SPNR 80 × 90 × 4 9 Upper turret H0031-0021-83
10 Rod seal NOK SPNR 165 × 175 × 4 7 Upper turret H0031-0021-84-1
11 Rod seal NOK SPNR 70 × 80 × 6 1 Upper turret H0031-0022-33
12 Piston seal NOK SPGR 260 × 270 × 3.8 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-88
13 Rod seal NOK SPNR 170 × 180 × 5 1 Upper turret H0031-0019-70
14 Rod seal NOK SPNR 145 × 155 × 4 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-03
15 Rod seal NOK SPNR 75 × 85 × 4 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-23
16 Rod seal NOK SPNR 135 × 145 × 4 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-78
17 Rod seal NOK SPNR 180 × 190 × 4 1 Upper turret H0031-0021-81
18 O-ring S12 1 Upper turret (C6) F100-150-01150
19 O-ring P22 1 Upper turret C6110-000P22
20 O-ring P40 2 Upper turret, 2 cams in cam box
C6110-000P40
21 O-ring P42 1 Upper turret C6110-000P42
22 O-ring P60 1 Upper turret C6110-000P60
23 O-ring P105 2 Upper turret, draw bar with thru hole (STD)
C6110-00P105
24 O-ring P12.5 1 Upper turret, thru-spindle coolant (BT40)
F100-240-01230
25 O-ring P7 1 Draw bar with thru hole STD C6110-0000P7
26 Nozzle Meiki Rubber 1 Draw bar with thru hole (BT-40)
H1022-1109-72-1
27 Coolant seal Fukuda Koeki C1-1028V3664 1 HSK-A63 clamp unit H0031-0023-65
28 O-ring Fukuda Koeki Φ12 × 1.5 1 HSK-A63 clamp unit H0031-0023-66
29 O-ring Fukuda Koeki Φ13.87 × 3.53 1 HSK-A63 clamp unit H0031-0023-67
30 Packing Sakagami SKY-1701859 170 × 185 × 9 1 Lower turret L H0031-0007-76
31 Packing Sakagami SKY-175 1 Lower turret L H0031-0009-82
32 O-ring NOK AS568-128 1 Lower turret holder F109-0003-15
33 Piston seal NOK SPGR287 295 3.8 1 Turret V12 VDI H0031-0018-87
34 Timing belt Bando 250S8M728 1 Xb-axis M119-0019-40
35 Stopper Hanenaito GP-60L 10 × 80 × 10 1 X-axis H1023-1053-86
36 Wiper Nitta 250 for XA telescoping cover 1 X-axis H1023-0037-45
37 Wiper IKO Attached to upper cross-slide 1 X-axis H1023-0037-47
38 Wiper IKO Attached to upper cross-slide 1 X-axis H1023-0037-48
39 Wiper Nitta Attached to lower cross-slide 1 X-axis H1023-0037-63
40 Plate 29 × 49 × 2 1 Y-axis H1020-1226-22
41 Plate Nitrile rubber 27 × 54.5 × 2 1 Y-axis H1020-1227-34
42 Wiper IKO 250 for upper saddle LR × 45 2 Y-axis H1023-0037-70
43 Wiper Nitta Attached to upper cross-slide 1 Y-axis H1023-0037-72
44 O-ring P20 1 Spindle C6110-000P20
45 O-ring P16 8 Spindle lock mechanism, ATC C6110-000P16
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
6097-E P-118SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
46 Oil seal NTN G22 × 28 × 4 2 ATC F1113-022-02804
47 Dust seal 45 1 ATC C6112-000450
48 Dust seal NOK DKI FD0677A0 16 × 26 × 5 × 7 4 ATC H0031-0006-71
49 Piston seal 45 1 ATC C6113-000450
50 Piston seal 20 1 Ready station C6113-000200
51 O-ring P44 1 Ready station C6110-000P44
52 Oil seal NOK TC10012513 1 Tool magazine F1103-100-12513
53 Oil seal NTN GD20 × 26 × 4 1 Tool magazine F1115-020-02604
54 Stopper Meiki Rubber Hanenaito NBR20° 28 × 120 × 30 4 ATC shutter H1029-1000-17-1
55 Stopper Meiki Rubber Hanenaito NBR20° 18 × 100 × 15 2 ATC shutter H1029-1000-18
56 Stopper Meiki Rubber Hanenaito NBR20° 16 × 48 × 15 2 ATC shutter H1029-1000-19
57 Stopper Meiki Rubber Hanenaito NBR20° 16 × 48 × 25 2 ATC shutter H1029-1000-24
58 Stopper Meiki Rubber Hanenaito +NBR20° 18 × 100 × 25 2 ATC shutter H1029-1000-22
59 Plate Nitrile rubber 156 × 326 × 3 1 Worklamp H1020-1188-45-1
60 Plate Polica-Ace 156 × 326 × 3 1 Worklamp H1022-1100-03-1
61 Wiper Nitta LP-25 ZA slide cover wiper 1 Screen cover H1023-1053-11
62 Plate SUP ZA slide cover wiper 1 Screen cover H1082-1013-89
63 Plate SUS301CSP ZA slide cover wiper 1 Screen cover H1082-1013-90-1
64 Packing Nitrile rubber 150 × 210 × 1 1 Screen cover H1020-1230-37
65 Wiper WP-34-20S door wiper installed to screen cover
1 Screen cover H1023-1053-12
66 Wiper Nitta LP-21SS 29 × 598.5 × 18.5 1 Screen cover H1023-1053-13
67 Wiper WP-34-20S 34 × 82.2 × 2 1 Screen cover H1023-1053-14
68 Wiper WP-34-20S 34 × 52 × 2 1 Screen cover H1023-1053-15
69 Wiper Nitta LP-25 ZB slide cover wiper 1 Screen cover H1023-1053-38
70 Plate SUP ZB slide cover wiper 1 Screen cover H1082-1014-08
71 Plate SUS301CSP ZB slide cover wiper 1 Screen cover H1082-1014-09-3
72 Seat Nitrile rubber 26 × 428 × 9.0 4 Front door window M1311-02642890
73 Seat Nitrile rubber 26 × 660 × 9.0 4 Front door window M1311-02666090
74 Wiper Nitta 1 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1051-38
75 Wiper 1 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1051-63
76 Wiper Nitta LP-25 24.5 × 1625.6 1 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-54-1
77 Plate SUP 15.5 × 1174 × 0.5 5 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1010-98
78 Plate SUS301-CSP 25.5 × 1174 × 0.1 5 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1011-44-1
79 Plate SUS304CSP 27.7 × 126.8 × 0.1 1 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1011-72-2
80 Plate SUS304CSP 26.5 × 45 × 0.1 1 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1011-73-2
81 Plate SUS304CSP 26.5 × 728 × 0.1 1 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1015-29-2
82 Plate SUS304CSP 26.5 × 752.2 × 0.1 1 Upper saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1015-30-4
83 Wiper Nitta LP-25 1 Upper saddle left telescoping cover
H1023-1052-90
84 Wiper Nitta LP-25 6 × 1430.6 1 Upper saddle left telescoping cover
H1023-1053-53
85 Wiper SUS301CSP 6-piece set 1 Upper saddle left telescoping cover
H1082-1013-70-2
86 Plate SUP 1 Upper saddle left telescoping cover
H1082-1013-71-1
87 Wiper SUS304CSP 23.3 × 1485.5 1 Upper saddle left telescoping cover
H1082-1015-81-1
88 Stopper Nitrile rubber 11.5 × 35 × 4.5 6 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1020-1231-74
89 Plate Nitrile rubber 11 × 35 × 4 6 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1020-1231-75
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
6097-E P-119SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
90 Plate Nitrile rubber 11 × 39 × 4 2 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1020-1231-78
91 Stopper Nitrile rubber 11 × 35 × 11 4 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1020-1231-85
92 Wiper SUS301CSP 27.4 × 297.6 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-88-2
93 Wiper SUS301CSP 26.8 × 134.9 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-89-1
94 Wiper SUS301CSP 26.8 × 180.6 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-90-1
95 Wiper SUS301CSP 27.4 × 306.6 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-91-2
96 Wiper SUS301CSP 26.8 × 133.6 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-92-1
97 Wiper SUS301CSP 26.8 × 181.3 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-93-1
98 Wiper SUS301CSP 27.4 × 326.6 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-97-1
99 Wiper SUS301CSP 26.8 × 131.2 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-98-2
100 Wiper SUS301CSP 26.8 × 183 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-99-1
101 Wiper SUS304CSP 27.4 × 354.6 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1015-02-1
102 Wiper SUS301CSP 26.8 × 128.1 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1015-03-1
103 Wiper SUS301CSP 26.8 × 182.4 × 0.1 1 Sub spindle right telescoping cover
H1082-1015-04-3
104 Plate Nitrile rubber 8 × 35 × 4 36 Lower saddle R/L, sub spindle right telescopig cover
H1020-1220-26
105 Wiper 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-17-1
106 Wiper 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-18
107 Wiper 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-19
108 Wiper 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-20
109 Wiper 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-21
110 Wiper 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-22
111 Wiper 16 × 131.8 × 4.4 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-23-1
112 Wiper 16 × 138.6 × 4.4 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-31-1
113 Wiper 16 × 149.6 × 4.4 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-32-1
114 Wiper 16 × 170.5 × 4.4 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-33-1
115 Wiper 16 × 179.1 × 4.4 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-34-1
116 Wiper 16 × 188.2 × 4.4 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1054-35-1
117 Wiper SUS301CSP 24.4 × 138 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-73-3
118 Wiper SUS301CSP 23.2 × 424.9 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-74-3
119 Wiper SUS301CSP 24.4 × 145 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-75-3
120 Wiper SUS301CSP 23.2 × 424.9 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-76-3
121 Wiper SUS301CSP 24.4 × 156 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-77-2
122 Wiper SUS301CSP 23.2 × 422.7 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-78-3
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
6097-E P-120SECTION 5 SPARE PARTS LIST
123 Wiper SUS301CSP 24.4 × 176.9 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-79-2
124 Wiper SUS301CSP 23.2 × 421.4 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-80-3
125 Wiper SUS301CSP 24.4 × 185.5 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-81-2
126 Wiper SUS301CSP 23.2 × 420.4 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-82-3
127 Wiper SUS301CSP 24.4 × 194.6 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-83-2
128 Wiper SUS301CSP 23.2 × 419 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1014-84-3
129 Wiper Bando GRB-6-B 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1053-16-1
130 Wiper Bando GRA-15-B 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1023-1053-17-1
131 Wiper SUS304CSP 26.8 × 471.1 × 0.1 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1013-91-1
132 Wiper SUS304CSP 1 Lower saddle right telescoping cover
H1082-1013-92-1
133 Dust seal 30 3 Tailstock C6112-000300
134 Piston seal 40 4 Tailstock brake C6113-000400
135 Piston seal 95 4 Tailstock brake C6113-000950
136 Check valve NACHI OCP-G01-AB-8874C Cracking pressure: 0.04 MPa (5.80 psi) (Specification provided)
1 Tailstock F0040-980-000-24
137 O-ring NOK S40 2 Tailstock F100-200-03950
138 Swivel joint Bridgestone JL08GC (PFPT 1/2) 1 Tailstock H0010-0012-33
139 Cap seal Dainichi CAP-1BE-49 1 Tailstock H0031-0007-37
140 Dust seal NOK DKI FD3913A0 90 × 104 × 8 × 11 1 Tailstock H0031-0009-35
141 Bearing Daido metal MB0607DU 1 Tailstock brake M004-MB0607DU
142 Bearing Daido metal MB0608DU 2 Tailstock brake M004-MB0608DU
143 Belleville spring Iwata M44 × M25.4 × 3.2T × 1.1H × 4.3H0 (Delivery specification provided)
4 Tailstock brake M109-0022-80
No. Part Name Maker Type Qty. Used for Okuma Part No.
6097-E P-121SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-1. Tooling System
6-1-1. BT-40 Tooling (BIG-PLUS Specifications)
Besid
es th
e ab
ove
rota
ry to
ol, a
com
mer
cial t
ool is
usa
ble
as a
rota
ry to
ol
if its
sha
nk a
nd g
rip c
onfo
rm to
DIN
698
93-1
HSK
-A63
.
OD
tool
(fo
r mai
n an
d su
b)25
25
(0.9
8 0
.98)
Borin
g ba
r
Borin
g ba
r sle
eve
Drill
sleev
eDr
ill40
Borin
g ba
r sh
ank
dia.
Φ10
(0.3
9)Φ
12 (0
.47)
Φ16
(0.6
3)Φ
20 (0
.79)
Φ25
(0.9
8)Φ
32 (1
.26)
MT
No.1
-H 4
0M
T No
.2-H
40
MT
No.3
-H 4
0M
T No
.4-H
40
MT
No.
1M
T N
o.2
MT
No.
3M
T N
o.4
Φ10
(0.3
9)-H
40Φ
12 (0
.47)
-H40
Φ16
(0.6
3)-H
40Φ
20 (0
.79)
-H40
Φ25
(0.9
8)-H
40
For t
urni
ngFo
r mac
hini
ng w
ith ro
tary
tool
(mill
)
CA
UTI
ON
For t
he tu
rnin
g to
ol, s
ome
dim
ensio
ns a
re s
pecia
lly c
ontro
lled
to im
prov
e to
ol m
ount
ing
accu
racy
. Th
eref
ore
plea
se c
onsu
lt us
whe
n us
ing
a to
ol o
ther
than
OKU
MA
stan
dard
tool
.In
this
case
, how
ever
, ens
ure
that
the
tool
mas
s do
es n
ot e
xcee
d th
e m
ax
tool
mas
s m
omen
t spe
cifie
d fo
r thi
s m
achi
ne. (
Refe
r to
SECT
ION
3,
3-2-
10. T
ool t
o be
pre
pare
d) F
or s
tora
ge o
f the
tool
to th
e m
agaz
ine,
also
re
fer t
o th
e sa
me
subs
ectio
n.
OD
tool
hold
er ty
pe A
(M
AS
/JIS
) H1
for
OD
turn
ing
OD
tool
hold
er ty
pe E
(M
AS
/JIS
) H1
for
end
face
and
OD
turn
ing
ID to
olho
lder
bas
e ty
pe H
(M
AS
/JIS
) for
ID
turn
ing
BB
T40-
NB
S-
New
hea
vy c
huck
BB
T40-
HM
C20
-M
illin
g ch
uck
OC
A20
-S
traig
ht c
olle
t
BB
T40-
FMA
31.7
5-Fa
ce m
ill a
rbor
type
A
(NB
C-)
Col
let
: C
omm
erci
al p
arts
Φ32
(1.2
6)-H
40
LE11240R0100800010001
6097-E P-122SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-1-2. HSK-A63 Tooling
Plug
tool
Besid
es th
e ab
ove
rota
ry to
ol, a
com
mer
cial t
ool is
usa
ble
as a
rota
ry to
ol if
its
shan
k an
d gr
ip c
onfo
rm
to D
IN 6
9893
-1 H
SK-A
63.
OD
tool
(fo
r mai
n an
d su
b)25
25
(0.9
8 0
.98)
OD
tool
hold
er C
-H1
for
end
face
turn
ing
OD
tool
hold
er A
-H1
for
OD
turn
ing
Borin
g ba
r
Borin
g ba
r sle
eve
Drill
sleev
eDr
ill40
Borin
g ba
r sh
ank
dia.
MT
No.
1 H
40
MT
No.
2 H
40
MT
No.
3 H
40
MT
No.
4 H
40
MT
No.
1M
T N
o.2
MT
No.
3M
T N
o.4
ID to
olho
lder
bas
e H1
for I
D tu
rnin
g
Face
mill
arbo
rA6
3DN-
FMA2
5.4-
90S0
7
Ecce
ntric
sid
e lo
ck h
olde
rA6
3DN-
SLC3
2-10
5
Colle
t hol
der
A63D
N-CT
H10-
150S
05
Colle
t hol
der
A63D
N-CT
H20-
90S0
6Co
llet (
C20-
D-P)
m
ade
by M
ST
Colle
t (C1
0-D-
P)
mad
e by
MST
For t
urni
ngFo
r mac
hini
ng w
ith ro
tary
tool
(mill
)
CA
UTI
ON
OD
tool
hold
er E
-H1
for
OD
and
end
face
turn
ing
For t
he tu
rnin
g to
ol, s
ome
dim
ensio
ns a
re s
pecia
lly c
ontro
lled
to im
prov
e to
ol m
ount
ing
accu
racy
. Th
eref
ore
plea
se c
onsu
lt us
whe
n us
ing
a to
ol o
ther
than
OKU
MA
stan
dard
tool
.In
this
case
, how
ever
, ens
ure
that
the
tool
mas
s do
es n
ot e
xcee
d th
e m
ax to
ol m
ass
mom
ent s
pecif
ied
for t
his
mac
hine
. (Re
fer t
o SE
CTIO
N 3,
3-2
-10.
Too
l to
be p
repa
red)
For
sto
rage
of t
he to
ol to
the
m
agaz
ine,
also
refe
r to
the
sam
e su
bsec
tion.
OD to
olhold
er 8
0° d
iamon
d-sh
aped
for
OD tu
rning
OD to
olhold
er 5
5° d
iamon
d-sh
aped
for
OD tu
rning
Φ10
(0.3
9)Φ
12 (0
.47)
Φ16
(0.6
3)Φ
20 (0
.79)
Φ25
(0.9
8)Φ
32 (1
.26)
Φ10
(0.3
9)-H
40Φ
12 (0
.47)
-H40
Φ16
(0.6
3)-H
40Φ
20 (0
.79)
-H40
Φ25
(0.9
8)-H
40Φ
32 (1
.26)
-H40
LE11240R0100800020001
6097-E P-123SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-1-3. CAPTO-C6 Tooling
CA
UTI
ON
Besi
des
the
abov
e to
ols,
a c
omm
erci
al to
ol is
usa
ble
if its
sha
nk a
nd g
rip c
onfo
rm to
CAP
TO-C
5 st
anda
rd s
peci
fied
by S
andv
ic.
In th
is c
ase,
how
ever
, che
ck th
at th
e to
ol's
max
tool
mas
s m
omen
t is
with
in th
e va
lue
spec
ified
for t
he m
achi
ne (r
efer
to S
EC
TIO
N 3
, 3-2
-10.
Too
l to
be p
repa
red)
.
For t
he s
tora
ge o
f the
tool
s in
the
tool
mag
azin
e, re
fer t
o th
e re
leva
nt d
raw
ings
pro
vide
d la
ter.
Colle
t (AR
11 -
AR40
) m
ade
by A
lps
Tool
For t
urni
ngFo
r mac
hini
ng w
ith ro
tary
tool
(mill
)
φ40 (1.57)
OD to
olhold
er 4
5°fo
r OD
and
end
face
turn
ing
OD to
olhold
er A
-H1
for O
D tu
rning
OD to
olhold
er C
-H1
for e
nd fa
ce tu
rning
ID to
olhold
er b
ase
H1 fo
r ID
turn
ing
Colle
t chu
ck a
dapt
orAC
6-EC
H7F
- ECH
26F
Milli
ng c
huck
ada
ptor
AC6-
ARH2
0 - A
RH42
OD
tool
(fo
r mai
n an
d su
b)
Borin
g ba
r
Borin
g ba
r sle
eve
Drill
sleev
eDr
ill40
Borin
g ba
r sh
ank
dia.
MT
No.
1 H
40
MT
No.
2 H
40
MT
No.
3 H
40
MT
No.
4 H
40
MT
No.
1M
T N
o.2
MT
No.
3M
T N
o.425
25
(0.9
8 0
.98)
Φ10
(0.3
9)Φ
12 (0
.47)
Φ16
(0.6
3)Φ
20 (0
.79)
Φ25
(0.9
8)Φ
32 (1
.26)
Φ10
(0.3
9)-H
40Φ
12 (0
.47)
-H40
Φ16
(0.6
3)-H
40Φ
20 (0
.79)
-H40
Φ25
(0.9
8)-H
40Φ
32 (1
.26)
-H40
LE11240R0100800030001
6097-E P-124SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-1-4. Tooling System (Lower Turret)
* The oil-hole tools such as U-drill differ in type from the above tools. Consult us when using oil-hole tools.
Turning tool
V12 turret
Plug tool
OD, end face
ID
Drill sleeveMT No.1MT No.2MT No.3
Boring bar sleeve
Boring bar
Φ10 (0.39)-H40Φ12 (0.47)-H40Φ16 (0.63)-H40Φ20 (0.79)-H40Φ25 (0.98)-H40Φ32 (1.26)-H40
ID toolholder base type II-R
OD toolholder type I
ID toolholder base type I
OD toolholder type II
ID toolholder base type II
LE11240R0100800040001
6097-E P-125SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-2. Toolholder Dimensions
6-2-1. BT40 (BIG PLUS Specifications)
OD toolholder type A-H1Okuma Part No.: T129-500-001-73
16.1
H9
(0.6
34)(
2 pl
aces
)
BBT40
φ63
(2.48
)φ5
0 (1
.97)
φ44.
45 (1
.750
0)
4.5°
48 (1.89) 48 (1.89)28 (1.10)17 (0.67) 28 (1.10)
28 (1.10)
38 (1.50)6 (0.24)
6 (0.24)4.6
(0.181)26 (1.02) 20 (0.79) 30 (1.18)
31.6 (1.244)157 (6.18)
60 (2.36)65.4 (2.575)
29 (1
.14)
95 (3
.74)
35 (1
.38) 66
(2.6
0)
91.6 (3.606)26.5 (1.043)20 (0.79)
29 (1.14) 4.5 (0.177)A
Plug
Plug
10 (0.39
)33
(1.3
0)2
(0.0
8)23
(0.9
1)28
(1.1
0)37
(1.4
6)12
0 (4
.72)
58 (2
.28)
60 (2
.36)
23 (0.91) 23 (0.91)50 (1.97)96 (3.78)
B
Nozzle (supplied)
Section A(2 places)
Section B(1 place)
φ14 (0.55)
8.5
(0.3
35)
3.5
(0.1
38)
φ6 (0.24)
11.5 (0.453)
φ19 (0.75)φ15
(0.59)
45°
11.5
(0
.453
)
O-ring(P11)
M6
2-M5
φ17 +0.01 0
G.L.1 0 -0.005
61 ±0.02
(2.40 ±0.0008)
36° ±1°
25+0
.1
0
R72 (
2.83)
61±0.02 (2
.40 ±0
.0008
)
(0
.98+0
.004
)
0
25+0.1 0
(0.98+0.004) 0
25+0.1 0
(0.98+0.004) 0
(φ0.67 +0.0004) 0
Unit: mm (in.)LE11240R0100800050001
6097-E P-126SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E-H1Okuma Part No.: T129-500-001-74
φ50
(1.9
7)
φ63
(2.4
8)
φ44.
45(1
.750
0)
173.1 (6.815)
35 (1
.38)
60 (2
.36)
95 (3
.74)
A
BBT40
26(1.02)
31.6(1.244)
4.6 (0.181)
20(0.79)
25(0
.98)
21.3(0.839)65.4 (2.575)
G.L.1 0 -0.005
54.8 (2.157)
45°
48 (1
.89)
10(0
.39)
2-M540.2
(1.583)35.9 (1.413)
107.7 (4.240)
45°
16.1
H9
(0.6
34)(
2 pl
aces
)
20(0.79)
20(0.79)
50 (1.97)
23(0.91)96 (3.78)
50 (1.97)
23(0.91)
25+0
.1
0
25 +0.3 0
36°±1°
25 +0.3 0
Nozzle(supplied) 20
(0.79)
45°
61±0.02
61±0.02
R72
(2.83)
φ14 (0.55)
8.5
(0.3
35)
3.5
(0.1
38)
φ6 (0.24)
11.5 (0.453)
φ19 (0.75)
φ15 (0.59)45°
11.5
(0.4
53)
O-ring(P11)
M6Section B (2/1)(2 places)
Section A (2/1)(2 places)
φ17 +0.01 0
6 (0.2
4)
6 (0.2
4)
30(1.18)
96 (3
.78)
B
Plug
38
(1.50
)
(2.40 ±0.0008)
(2.40 ±0.0008)
(0.98 +0.012) 0
(0.98 +0.012) 0
(0.98+0.0
04 )
0
(φ0.67 +0.0004) 0
Unit: mm (in.)LE11240R0100800050002
6097-E P-127SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base H1Okuma Part No.: T129-500-001-75
BBT40
φ63
(2.4
8)φ5
0 (1
.97)
φ44.
45 (1
.750
0)
31.6 (1.244) 71.6 (2.819)26 (1.02)
168.6 (6.638)65.4 (2.575)
103.2 (4.063)
61 (2.40)
11.5(0.453)
40 (1.57)
Nozzle(supplied)
Plug
φ40H
7 (1
.57)
G.L.1 0 -0.005 A
B
5 (0.20)58 (2.28) 30 (1.18)
36°±1°
R72(2.83)
25 (0.98) 25 (0.98)5 (0.20)
40 (1.57) 48 (1.89)
60° 60°
48 (1
.89)
60 (2
.36)
108
(4.2
5)
60°
61±0.002
16.1
H9
(0.6
34)(
2 pl
aces
)
Section A(1 place)
φ14(0.55)
8.5
(0.3
35)
3.5
(0.1
38)
(φ0.67 +0.0004) 0
Section B(2 places)
φ6(0.24)
11.5 (0.453)
φ19(0.75)
φ15(0.59)
45°
11.5
(0.4
53)
O-ring(P11)
M6
4.6 (0.181)
4-M12P1.75
(2.40±0.00008)
φ17 +0.01 0
Unit: mm (in.)LE11240R0100800050003
6097-E P-128SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
New heavy chuck with BT shank (BIG-PLUS)BBT40-NBS20-
Type Φd ΦD1 ΦD2 L L1H Weight
kg (lb)Min Max
BBT40-NBS20-60
2.5 - 20 46 45.5
60 27
48 65
1.2(2.6)
BBT40-NBS20-90 90 57 1.5(3.3)
BBT40-NBS20-135 135 102 2.1
(4.6)BBT40-NBS20-165 165 132 2.5
(5.5)BBT40-NBS20-200 200 167 3.0
(6.6)
L
L1
H
φD2
φD1
φd
BT.No.
Adjust screw (sold separately)
LE11240R0100800050004
6097-E P-129SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Face mill arbor type A (BIG-PLUS)BBT40-FMA31.75-
New high-power milling chuck with BT shank (BIG-PLUS)BBT40-HMC-
Type ΦD1 L L1 L2 W Cutter diameter
Weightkg (lb)
BBT40-FMA31.75-4531.75
4530 7 12.7 105
1.6(3.5)
BBT40-FMA31.75-75 75 3.0(6.6)
Type Φd L ΦDH Weight
kg (lb)Min Max
BBT40-HMC20-75
20
75
52 56 65
1.5(3.3)
BBT40-HMC20-105 105 1.9(4.2)
BBT40-HMC20-120 120 2.1(4.6)
L2
L1L
φD
W
LE11240R0100800050005
H
L
φDφd
LE11240R0100800050006
6097-E P-130SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Straight collet (BIG-PLUS)OCA20-
Drill sleeve
Type Applicable chuck
OCA20-6, 8, 10, 12, 16 HMC20
OD ID
LE11240R0100800050007
φAφ4
8 (1
.89)
38.5(1.516)
EF
D
B 60 (2.36)C
MT
φ40
-0.0
05-0
.011
MT No.1-H40
MT No.2-H40
MT No.3-H40
MT No.4-H40
12.065 (0.47500)
17.780 (0.70000)
23.825 (0.93799)
31.267 (1.23098)
φA B C D E F
15 (0.59) 75 (2.95) 52 (2.05) 19 (0.75) 5.4 (0.213)
25 (0.98) 85 (3.35) 63 (2.48) 19 (0.75) 6.6 (0.260)
45 (1.77) 105 (4.13) 78 (3.07) 24 (0.94) 8.2 (0.323)
72 (2.83) 132 (5.20) 98 (3.86) 29 (1.14) 12.2 (0.480)
(1.5
7
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800050008
6097-E P-131SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Boring bar sleeve
38.5
(1.5
16)
6(0.24)37 (1.46)
φ48
(1.8
9)φ A
H7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ40g
6 -0.
005
-0.0
11φ4
0g6 -
0.00
5-0
.011
φ10-H40
φ12-H40
10 (0.39)
φA H7 B
M8 x 2
M8 x 212 (0.47)
5(0.20)
11.5(0.453) 40
(1.57)φ4
8 (1
.89)
2-φ13(0.08-0.51)
φA H
7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ16-H40
φ20-H40
φ25-H40
φ32-H40
16 (0.63)
φA H7 B
M8
M820 (0.79)
M825 (0.98)
M832 (1.26)
(1.5
7
) -0
.000
20-0
.000
43(1
.57
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800050009
6097-E P-132SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-2-2. HSK Tool
OD toolholder type AOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-26-1
OD toolholder type COkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-27-1
Unit: mm (in.)
16 (0.63)
18 (0.71)
58 (2
.28)
37 (1
.46)
95 (3
.74)
+0.1 0
45 (1.77)
90 (3.54)
2.5 (0.098)
25+0
.1 0
25 +0.1 25
45 (1.77)
30°
0
29 (1
.14)
31 (1
.22)
35 (1
.38)
4.5 (0.177)29 (1.14)26.5 (1.043)
120 (4.72)
88 (3.46)32 (1.26)
60 (2.36)2 (0.08)26 (1.02)
Coolant ductCD63-01
φ63
(2.4
8)
10 (0.39)
6 (0.24)
(0.98 )+0.004 0
(0.9
8
)
+0.0
04 0
(0.98 )+0.004 0
LE11240R0100800060001
Unit: mm (in.)
18 (0.71)
72 (2
.83)30
(1.1
8)42
(1.6
5)
28 (1
.10)
28 (1
.10)
16
(0.6
3)5
(0.20)40 (1.57)40 (1.57)5
(0.20)25 +0.1
0+0.1 0
90 (3.54)
25
Coolant ductCD63-01
φ63
(2.4
8)
10 (0.39)
6 (0.24)
32 (1.26)
118 (4.65)
86 (3.39)
26 (1.02)
2 (0.08) 58 (2.28)
(0.98 )+0.004 0 (0.98 )
+0.004 0
LE11240R0100800060002
6097-E P-133SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type EOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-28-1
Unit: mm (in.)
Section A-ACoolant ductCD63-01
16 (0.63)
18 (0.71)
54.8 (2.157)
20
(0.79
)25 +0.1 0
25+0
.1 0
40 (1.57)
5 (0.20)
45 (1.77)
15 (0
.59)
50.2 (1.976)25.9 (1.020)
70 (2
.76)
35 (1
.38)
105
(4.1
3)
φ63
(2.4
8)
26 (1.02)
2 (0.08) 76.1 (2.996)
32 (1.26) 104.1 (4.098)
136.1 (5.358)
30°
A
A
(0.98 )
+0.004 0
(0.98
)+0
.004
0
LE11240R0100800060003
6097-E P-134SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 80° diamond-shapedOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-31
Unit: mm (in.)
10(0.39)
6(0.24)
2 (0.08)
31 (1.22)32
(1.2
6)
6°
6°
65±0.2 (2.56±0.008)5°
±1°
45±0
.1 (1
.77±
0.00
4)R0.8 (0.031)
(Standard corner radius)
LE11240R0100800060004
6097-E P-135SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 55° diamond-shapedOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-32
10(0.39)
6(0.24)
2 (0.08)
31 (1.22)32
(1.2
6)
70±0.2 (2.76±0.008)
45±0
.1 (1
.77±
0.00
4)
R0.8 (0.031)(Standard corner radius)6°
6°
3°3°±1
°
Unit: mm (in.)LE11240R0100800060005
6097-E P-136SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder baseOkuma Part No.: T129-500-001-29-2
Eccentric side lock holder A63DN-SLC32-105Okuma Part No.: T129-800-002-42
Unit: mm (in.)
Coolant ductCD63-01
18 (0.71)
16 (0.63)
34.5 (1.358)
34.5 (1.358)
φ90
(3.5
4)
φ63
(2.4
8)
φ40
+0.0
25 0
40 (1.57) 11.5 (0.453)
26 (1.02)
2 (0.08) 72 (2.83)
32 (1.26) 100 (3.94)
132 (5.20)
(1.5
7
)
+0.0
0098
0
LE11240R0100800060006
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
Coolant ductCD63-01
2-M12P1.75
φ63
(2.4
8)
φ32H
6 (1
.26)
φ62
(2.4
4)
20 (0.79)
20 (0.79)
55 (2.17)
65 (2.56)
62 (2.44)17 (0.67)
26 (1.02)
32 (1.26) 105 (4.13)
137 (5.39)
φ52
(2.0
5)
LE11240R0100800060007
6097-E P-137SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Collet holder A63DN-CTH10-150S05Okuma Part No.: T129-800-002-43
Collet holder A63DN-CTH20-90S06Okuma Part No.: T129-800-002-44
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
Spring colletC10-D-P
(optional)
Coolant screwCSA-M14
Coolant ductCD63-01
NutNUA-CTH10
φ36
(1.4
2)
φ63
(2.4
8)
22 (0.87) to 53 (2.09)
124 (4.88)26 (1.02)
32 (1.26) 150 (5.91)
182 (7.17)
φD
LE11240R0100800060008
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
Spring colletC20-D-P
(optional)
Coolant ductCD63-04
Coolant ductCD63-03
NutNUA-CTH20
65 (2.56)
44 (1.73)
φ50
(1.9
7)
φ63
(2.4
8)
122 (4.80)
32 (1.26) 90 (3.54)
26 (1.02) 64 (2.52)
LE11240R0100800060009
6097-E P-138SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Face mill arbor A63DN-FMA25.4-90S07Okuma Part No.: T129-800-002-45
Plug tool A63DN-DM53-42S04Okuma Part No.: T129-500-001-30
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
Clamp bolt
M12
MBC-M12
Coolant ductCD63-01
φ33
(1.3
0)
32 (1.26)
22 (0.87)
10 (0.39)
φ25.
4h6
(1.0
00)
φ50
(1.9
7)
φ63
(2.4
8)
5 (0.20)
64 (2.52)26 (1.02)
32 (1.26) 90 (3.54) 22 (0.87)
144 (5.67)
LE11240R0100800060010
Unit: mm (in.)
DIN 69893-1HSK-A63
74 (2.91)
42 (1.65)32 (1.26)
16 (0.63)
26 (1.02)
φ63
(2.4
8)
φ53
(2.0
9)
φ15
(0.5
9)
1 (0.04)
LE11240R0100800060011
6097-E P-139SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill sleeve
φAφ4
8 (1
.89)
38.5(1.516)
EF
D
B 60 (2.36)C
MT
φ40
-0.0
05-0
.011
MT No.1-H40
MT No.2-H40
MT No.3-H40
MT No.4-H40
12.065 (0.47500)
17.780 (0.70000)
23.825 (0.93799)
31.267 (1.23098)
φA B C D E F
15 (0.59) 75 (2.95) 52 (2.05) 19 (0.75) 5.4 (0.213)
25 (0.98) 85 (3.35) 63 (2.48) 19 (0.75) 6.6 (0.260)
45 (1.77) 105 (4.13) 78 (3.07) 24 (0.94) 8.2 (0.323)
72 (2.83) 132 (5.20) 98 (3.86) 29 (1.14) 12.2 (0.480)
(1.5
7
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800060012
6097-E P-140SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Boring bar sleeve
38.5
(1.5
16)
6(0.24)37 (1.46)
φ48
(1.8
9)φ A
H7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ40g
6 -0.
005
-0.0
11φ4
0g6 -
0.00
5-0
.011
φ10-H40
φ12-H40
10 (0.39)
φA H7 B
M8 x 2
M8 x 212 (0.47)
5(0.20)
11.5(0.453) 40
(1.57)φ4
8 (1
.89)
2-φ13(2-0.51)
φA H
7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ16-H40
φ20-H40
φ25-H40
φ32-H40
16 (0.63)
φA H7 B
M8
M820 (0.79)
M825 (0.98)
M832 (1.26)
(1.5
7
) -0
.000
20-0
.000
43(1
.57
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800060013
6097-E P-141SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-2-3. CAPTO-C6 Tool
OD toolholder type A
Okuma Part No. : T129-500-001-41Type : AC6-ABSB101-69290
10 (0.39)
11.5
(0.45
3)45
(1.7
7) 90 (3
.54)45
(1.7
7)
32.6(1.283)
58 (2.28)
95 (3.74)
37 (1.46)
25 +
0.1
0
25 +
0.1
0
25.4 +0.1 0
17(0
.67)
50.8
(2.0
00)
17(0
.67)
19.6
(0.7
72)
R65
(2.5
6)
29 (1.14)
29 (1
.14)
45°
4.5
(0.1
8)55
.5 (2
.185
)
82 (3
.23)
[38
(1.5
0)]
22 (0
.87)
26.5
(1.0
43)
66 (2.60)
35 (1.38)
[37 (1.46)][58 (2.28)]
φ63 (2.48)
38 (1
.50)
54 (2
.13)
38 (1
.50)
8 (0
.31)
8 (0
.31)
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6 B
oth
shap
e an
d ha
rdne
ss c
onfo
rm to
th
ose
of S
AN
DV
IC's
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6.
30 (1
.18)
30 (1
.18)
38.8 (1.528) 6 (0.24)6 (0.24)
15°
2-M
5
Pos
ition
ing
notc
h
0.5
(0.0
20)
φ4 (0.16)
Center of width 50.8 (2.000)
56 (2
.20)
10(0.39)
19.6
(0.7
72)
(0.9
8
)+0
.004
0(0
.98
)
+0.0
040
(1.000 ) +0.0040
11.5
(0.45
3)
LE11240R0100800070001
6097-E P-142SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C
Okuma Part No. : T129-500-001-42Type : AC6-ABSB101-69300
0.5
(0.0
20)φ4 (0.16)
φ63 (2.48)
56 (2
.20)
78 (3
.07) 11
6 (4
.57)22
(0.8
7)[3
8 (1
.50)
]
15°
5 (0
.20)
5 (0
.20)
6(0
.24)
40 (1
.57)
40 (1
.57)
38.8
(1.5
28)
10(0.39)
42 (1.65)30 (1.18)
36 (1.42)
16(0.63)
72 (2.83)
28(1.10)
36 (1.42)
10(0
.39)
35 (1
.38)
35 (1
.38)
45 (1
.77)
45 (1
.77)
90 (3
.54)
22 (0.87)46
(1.81)22(0.87)
17.1(0.673)
19.6(0.772)
2.5 (0.098) 2.5 (0.098)
36 (1
.42)
50.8 (2.000)
Cen
ter o
f wid
th 5
0.8
(2.0
00)
11.5
(0.453)
45°
11.5 (0.4
53)
45°
30°
30°
C0.5 (0.
020)
C0.5 (0.020)
2-M
5 de
pth
10 (0
.39)
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6 B
oth
shap
e an
d ha
rdne
ss c
onfo
rm to
th
ose
of S
AN
DV
IC's
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6.
Pos
ition
ing
notc
h
6(0
.24)
10(0
.39)
28(1.10)
25 +0.1 0
(0.98 ) +0.0040
25 +0.1 0
(0.98 ) +0.0040
17.1(0.673)
19.6(0.772)
25.4
+0.
1
0
(1
.000
)
+0.0
040
LE11240R0100800070002
6097-E P-143SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E
Okuma Part No. : T129-500-001-43Type : AC6-ABSB101-69310
0.5
(0.0
20)
φ4 (0.16)
φ63 (2.48)
22(0
.87)
35.9
(1.4
13)
37.1
(1.4
61)
57.9
(2.2
80)
95 (3
.74)
[38
(1.5
0)]
15°
51.7
(2.0
35)
43.3
(1.7
05)
10 (0.39)
44 (1
.73)
60 (2
.36)
8 (0.31
)
45°
25.4
(1.00
0)
2-M
5
50.8
(2.00
0)19
.6
(0.77
2)
19.6
(0.77
2)
15°
15°
17(0.
67)
56 (2
.20)
11.5
(0.453
)
19.6 (0.
772)
80 (3
.15)
38.8
(1.52
8)6 (0.24)5 (
0.20)
30°
30°
30 (1
.18)
35 (1.38) 59.8 (2.354)
50 (1.97)
R65 (2.56)
11.5 (0.453)
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6 B
oth
shap
e an
d ha
rdne
ss c
onfo
rm to
th
ose
of S
AN
DV
IC's
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6.
Pos
ition
ing
notc
h
25.4 +0
.1
0
(1.00
0
)
+0.00
4
0
25 +0.1
0
(0.98
)+0
.004
0
25 +0.1
0
(0.98
)
+0.004
0
17(0.
67) 8
(0.31
)
6 (0.24)
5 (0.2
0)
LE11240R0100800070003
6097-E P-144SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base
Okuma Part No. : T129-500-001-40Type : AC6-ABSB101-69280
0.5
(0.0
20)
φ4 (0.16)
φ63 (2.48)
φ40.1 (1.579)
φ90 (3.54)C1 (0.
04)
C0.5
(0.02
0)C0
.5(0
.020)
40 (1
.57)
12(0
.47)
12(0
.47)
11.5
(0.4
53)
22(0
.87)
68 (2
.68)
61 (2
.40)
90 (3
.54)
34.5
(1.35
8)34
.5 (1
.358)
32 (1
.26)
11.5
(0.4
53)
11.5
(0.4
53)
B
B
32 (1
.26)
A
A
45°
45°
2-φ5.7
(0.22
4)
2-φ 1
5 (0
.59)
cou
nter
bore
3
(0.12)
40°
46.5
6 (1
.833
1)
C1
(0.0
4)
C1
(0.0
4)
Sec
tion
A-A
15°
φ19
(0.7
5)
45°
φ12.
5 (0
.492
) cou
nter
bore
60°
7(0.28)
30 (1.18)
59 (2.32)
11.5
(0.4
53)
φ5.7
(0.2
24)
φ10
(0.3
9)
1.5(0.059) 14 (0.55)
18 (0.71)
M6
12.5
(0.4
92) c
ount
ersi
nk
Sec
tion
B-B
(S=2
/1)
(2 p
lace
s)
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6 B
oth
shap
e an
d ha
rdne
ss c
onfo
rm to
th
ose
of S
AN
DV
IC's
Cor
oman
t Cap
to C
6.
Pos
ition
ing
notc
h
φ 15 +
0.018
0
(φ0.5
9
)
+0.00
071
0
(1.57 ) +0.00089 0 Φ40H7+0.025
0
LE11240R0100800070004
6097-E P-145SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Collet chuck adaptor
Collet Type Collet SizeDimensions [mm (in.)]
d D D1 l1 l2 l3
AC6-ECH7 F-60 1 0.5 - 7(0.020 - 0.28)
63(2.48)
23(0.91)
60(2.36)
36(1.42)
22.5(0.886)
AC6-ECH7 F-90 1 0.5 - 7(0.020 - 0.28)
63(2.48)
23(0.91)
90(3.54)
66(2.60)
22.5(0.886)
AC6-ECH10 F-60 2 1 - 10(0.04 - 0.39)
63(2.48)
30(1.18)
60(2.36)
36(1.42)
33(1.30)
AC6-ECH10 F-90 2 1 - 10(0.04 - 0.39)
63(2.48)
30(1.18)
90(3.54)
66(2.60)
33(1.30)
AC6-ECH13 F-60 3 1 - 13(0.04 - 0.51)
63(2.48)
35(1.38)
60(2.36)
36(1.42)
37(1.46)
AC6-ECH13 F-90 3 1 - 13(0.04 - 0.51)
63(2.48)
35(1.38)
90(3.54)
66(2.60)
37(1.46)
AC6-ECH16 F-60 4 1 - 16(0.04 - 0.63)
63(2.48)
42(1.65)
60(2.36)
36(1.42)
41.5(1.634)
AC6-ECH16 F-90 4 1 - 16(0.04 - 0.63)
63(2.48)
42(1.65)
90(3.54)
66(2.60)
41.5(1.634)
AC6-ECH20 F-60 5 3 - 20(0.12 - 0.79)
63(2.48)
50(1.97)
60(2.36)
36(1.42)
47.5(1.870)
AC6-ECH20 F-90 5 3 - 20(0.12 - 0.79)
63(2.48)
50(1.97)
90(3.54)
66(2.60)
47.5(1.870)
AC6-ECH26 F-70 6 3 - 26(0.12 - 1.02)
63(2.48)
61.5(2.421)
70(2.76)
46(1.81)
54.5(2.146)
D1 Dd
I2
I3
I1
LE11240R0100800070005
6097-E P-146SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
AR collet
Milling chuck adaptor
Collet Size Collet TypeDimensions [mm (in.)]
d D l1
1 AR11-d 0.5 - 7(0.020 - 0.28) 11.5 (0.453) 18 (0.71)
2 AR16-d 1 - 10(0.04 - 0.39) 17 (0.67) 27 (1.06)
3 AR20-d 1 - 13(0.04 - 0.51) 21 (0.83) 31 (1.22)
4 AR25-d 1 - 16(0.04 - 0.63) 26 (1.02) 35 (1.38)
5 AR32-d 3 - 20(0.12 - 0.79) 33 (1.30) 40 (1.57)
6 AR40-d 4 - 26(0.16 - 1.02) 41 (1.61) 46 (1.81)
Collet type Collet sizeDimensions [mm (in.)]
Spanner for nut partsd D D1 l1 l2
AC6-ARH20-90 1 20 (0.79) 63 (2.48) 23 (0.91) 60 (2.36) 36 (1.42) FK-8AC6-ARH25-100 2 25 (0.98) 63 (2.48) 23 (0.91) 90 (3.54) 66 (2.60) FK-9AC6-ARH32-120 3 32 (1.26) 63 (2.48) 30 (1.18) 60 (2.36) 36 (1.42) FK-10AC6-ARH42-125 4 42 (1.65) 63 (2.48) 30 (1.18) 90 (3.54) 66 (2.60) FK-11
dD
I1
LE11240R0100800070006
D1
I2
I1
d D
LE11240R0100800070007
6097-E P-147SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Straight collet
Drill sleeve
Collet size Collet typeDimensions [mm (in.)]
d D l1 D1
1 ASS20-d 6, 8, 10, 12, 16(0.24, 0.31, 0.39, 0.47, 0.63) 20 (0.79) 61 (2.40) 23.5 (0.925)
2 ASS25-d6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20
(0.24, 0.31, 0.39, 0.47, 0.63, 0.79)
25 (0.98) 63 (2.48) 28.5 (1.122)
3 ASS32-d6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25
(0.24, 0.31, 0.39, 0.47, 0.63, 0.79, 0.98)
32 (1.26) 70 (2.76) 37.0 (1.457)
4 ASS42-d6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 32
(0.24, 0.31, 0.39, 0.47, 0.63, 0.79, 0.98, 1.26)
42 (1.65) 78 (3.07) 47.0 (1.850)
I1
dD1 D
LE11240R0100800070008
φAφ4
8 (1
.89)
38.5(1.516)
EF
D
B 60 (2.36)C
MT
φ40
-0.0
05-0
.011
MT No.1-H40
MT No.2-H40
MT No.3-H40
MT No.4-H40
12.065 (0.47500)
17.780 (0.70000)
23.825 (0.93799)
31.267 (1.23098)
φA B C D E F
15 (0.59) 75 (2.95) 52 (2.05) 19 (0.75) 5.4 (0.213)
25 (0.98) 85 (3.35) 63 (2.48) 19 (0.75) 6.6 (0.260)
45 (1.77) 105 (4.13) 78 (3.07) 24 (0.94) 8.2 (0.323)
72 (2.83) 132 (5.20) 98 (3.86) 29 (1.14) 12.2 (0.480)
(1.5
7
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800070009
6097-E P-148SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Boring bar sleeve
38.5
(1.5
16)
6(0.24)37 (1.46)
φ48
(1.8
9)φ A
H7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ40g
6 -0.
005
-0.0
11φ4
0g6 -
0.00
5-0
.011
φ10-H40
φ12-H40
10 (0.39)
φA H7 B
M8 x 2
M8 x 212 (0.47)
5(0.20)
11.5(0.453) 40
(1.57)φ4
8 (1
.89)
2-φ13(2-0.51)
φA H
7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ16-H40
φ20-H40
φ25-H40
φ32-H40
16 (0.63)
φA H7 B
M8
M820 (0.79)
M825 (0.98)
M832 (1.26)
(1.5
7
) -0
.000
20-0
.000
43(1
.57
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800070010
6097-E P-149SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-2-4. Toolholder Dimensions (Lower Turret)
OD toolholder type I
50 (1.97) 50 (1.97)
100 (3.94)7 (0.28) 7 (0.28)
φ40h6 (1.57)
57 (2.24) 57 (2.24)
23
(0.9
1)9
(0.3
5)
92 (3.62)
25 (0.98)
193
(7.6
0)
158
(6.2
2)
63 (2
.48)
95 (3
.74)
35
(1.3
8)
2-M10
2-M5
Unit: mm (in.)
25 (0.98)
23
(0.9
1)
LE11240R0100800080001
6097-E P-150SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type II
ID toolholder base type I
75 (2.95)35 (1.38)
35 (1.38)
φ40h6 (1.57)
9 (0.35)
20 (0.79) 46 (1.81)
25
(0.9
8)φ4
0 (1
.57)
92 (3.62)
25 (0.98)
25 (0.98)
193
(7.6
0)
186
(7.3
2)
63 (2
.48)
123
(4.8
4) 68 (2
.68)
55 (2
.17)
7 (0
.28) 2-M10
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800080002
100 (3.94)
φ40h6 (1.57)
φ40H
7 (1
.57)
φ30
(1.1
8)
51.5 (2.028)
103 (4.06)
51.5 (2.028)
1.5 (0.059)
1.5 (0.059)
40 (1.57)
40 (1.57)
11.5 (0.453)
11.5 (0.453)
30
(1.1
8)
75 (2
.95)
60 (2
.36)
6-M12
80 (3.15)
198
(7.8
0)
135
(5.3
1)63
(2.4
8)
30
(1.1
8)60
(2.3
6)45
(1.7
7)
70 (2.76)
115
(4.5
3)20
(0
.79)
Unit: mm (in.)LE11240R0100800080003
6097-E P-151SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base type II
ID toolholder base type II-R
100 (3.94)
φ40h6 (1.57)
φ40H
7 (1
.57)
φ30
(1.1
8)
13 (0.51)
63 (2.48)
50 (1.97)40
(1.57)11.5
(0.453)11.5 (0.453)
30
(1.1
8)
93.6
(3.6
85)
21.4
(0
.843
)20
(0.7
9)
4-M12
80 (3.15)19
8 (7
.80)
135
(5.3
1)63
(2.4
8)
30
(1.1
8)60
(2.3
6)45
(1
.77)
70 (2.76)
115
(4.5
3)20
(0
.79)
Unit: mm (in.)LE11240R0100800080004
φ30 (
1.18)
4-M12
Unit: mm (in.)
13 (0.51)
63 (2.48)
50 (1.97)
40 (1.57)
11.5 (0.453)
11.5 (0.453)
30
(1.1
8)
φ40H
7 (1
.57)
93.6
(3.6
85)
21.4
(0.84
3)20
(0.7
9)
100 (3.94)
φ40h6 (1.57) 80 (3.15)
198
(7.8
0)
135
(5.3
1)63
(2.4
8)
30
(1.1
8)60
(2.3
6)45
(1
.77)
70 (2.76)
115
(4.5
3)20
(0
.79)
LE11240R0100800080005
6097-E P-152SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill sleeve
φAφ4
8 (1
.89)
38.5(1.516)
EF
D
B 60 (2.36)C
MT
φ40
-0.0
05-0
.011
MT No.1-H40
MT No.2-H40
MT No.3-H40
MT No.4-H40
12.065 (0.47500)
17.780 (0.7000)
23.825 (0.93799)
31.267 (1.23098)
φA B C D E F
15 (0.59) 75 (2.95) 52 (2.05) 19 (0.75) 5.4 (0.213)
25 (0.98) 85 (3.35) 63 (2.48) 19 (0.75) 6.6 (0.260)
45 (1.77) 105 (4.13) 78 (3.07) 24 (0.94) 8.2 (0.323)
72 (2.83) 132 (5.20) 98 (3.86) 29 (1.14) 12.2 (0.480)
(1.5
7
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800080006
6097-E P-153SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Boring bar sleeve
38.5
(1.5
16)
6(0.24)37 (1.46)
φ48
(1.8
9)φ A
H7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ40g
6 -0.
005
-0.0
11φ4
0g6 -
0.00
5-0
.011
φ10-H40
φ12-H40
10 (0.39)
φA H7 B
M8 x 2
M8 x 212 (0.47)
5(0.20)
11.5(0.453) 40
(1.57)φ4
8 (1
.89)
2-φ13(2-0.51)
φA H
7
B
60 (2.36)72 (2.83)
12(0.47)
φ16-H40
φ20-H40
φ25-H40
φ32-H40
16 (0.63)
φA H7 B
M8
M820 (0.79)
M825 (0.98)
M832 (1.26)
(1.5
7
) -0
.000
20-0
.000
43(1
.57
)
-0.0
0020
-0.0
0043
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800080007
6097-E P-154SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-3. Lower Turret Tool Interference Diagram (Turret Rotation)
(Max machining dia)
340 (13.39) 95 (3.74)35
(1.38)
123 (4.84)
7
5.4 (0.
213)
Clearan
ce
5.3 (0.209) Clearance
5 (0.20) Clearance
5.4 (0.213) Clearance
5.8 (0.228)
Clearance
105 (4.13)
20 (0.79)
5 (0.20) Clearance5 (0.20)
Clearance5 (
0.20)
Cl
eara
nce
5 (0.20) Clearance
φ230 (9.06)
φ320 (12.60)
Max tool swing dia. φ640 (25.20)
φ240 (9.45)
φ234 (9.21)
φ250
(9.84
)
φ250 (9.84)
φ290
(11.4
2)
φ280 (11.02)
φ320 (12.60)
φ280 (1
1.02)
φ230 (9.06)φ298
(11.7
3)
φ320 (12.60)
φ222 (8.74)
φ310 (12.20)φ242 (9.53)
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800090001
6097-E P-155SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-4. Classification of ToolsThe tools are classified into the following five types by their shapes and dimensions:
When a standard tool is stored at the magazine No. n, other tools can be stored in both right and left pots (magazine No. n+1 and No. n-1).When a large diameter tool is stored at the magazine No. n, only the standard tools can be stored in the right and left pots No. n+1 and n-1.When a left large diameter tool is stored at the magazine No. n, no tool can be stored in the left pot (magazine No. n+1).When a right large diameter tool is stored at the magazine No. n, no tool can be stored in the right pot (magazine No. n-1).When a super large diameter tool is stored at the magazine No. n, no tool can be stored in either right or left pot (magazine No. n+1 or n-1).Actual dimensions of these tools are shown in the following subsections.
The actual dimensions of the tools are shown in the figures on the following pages.Set the tools in the magazine so that the tools will keep balance and will not apply unbalance load to the magazine.
Standard toolLarge diameter toolLeft large diameter toolRight large diameter toolSuper large diameter tool
Classification of toolholdersHSK-A63 CAPTO-C6 BT40
ID toolholder base Standard Standard Large-diameterOD toolholder base type A Large-diameter Large-diameter Large-diameterOD toolholder base type C Large-diameter Large-diameter -OD toolholder base type E Large-diameter Large-diameter Large-diameter
Gauging toolholder Large-diameter Large-diameter Large-diameter
6097-E P-156SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Dumm
y too
lDu
mmy
tool
No
tool
No
tool
Supe
r larg
e dia
meter
tool
Supe
r larg
e dia
meter
tool
Supe
r larg
e dia
meter
tool
Right-
sided
supe
r lar
ge dia
meter
tool
Right-
sided
supe
r lar
ge dia
meter
tool
(Auto
set)
(Auto
set)
(Auto
set)
(Auto
set)
Right-
sided
supe
r lar
ge dia
meter
tool
Left-s
ided s
uper
large
diame
ter to
ol
Left-s
ided s
uper
large
diame
ter to
ol
Left-s
ided s
uper
large
diame
ter to
olLa
rge d
iamete
r too
l
Larg
e diam
eter
tool
Larg
e diam
eter
tool
Stan
dard
tool
Heav
y too
l
Stan
dard
tool
Heav
y too
l
Stan
dard
tool
Heav
y too
l
Tool
s th
at c
an b
e se
t in
adja
cent
pot
sTo
ols
that
can
be
set i
n ad
jace
nt p
ots
: Can
be
set
: C
anno
t be
set
LE11240R0100800100001
6097-E P-157SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-4-1. BT40 (BIG PLUS Tooling)
Standard toolMax. dimensions
Large diameter toolMax. dimensions
Unit: mm (in.)
Gauge line
BT40 (BIG PLUS) + JIS retention knob
300 (11.81)31.6 (1.244)268.4 (10.567)
15 (0.59) (M-tool)
φ90 (
3.54)
LE11240R0100800110001
Gauge line
250 (9.84) 18.4(0.724)
φ100
(3.9
4)(M
-tool
)
15 (0.59) (M-tool)31.6 (1.244)
BT40 (BIG-PLUS) + JIS pull-stud bolt
300 (11.81)268.4 (10.567)
253.4 (9.976) (M-tool)47(1.85)
47(1.85)
65 (2
.56)
157.
5 (6
.201
)92
.5 (3
.642)
7.5
(0.2
95)
44.5
(1.75
2)
7.5 (0.295)
105.5
(4.15
4)
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800110002
6097-E P-158SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Left-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
Right-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
Gauge line
25.5
(1.00
4)
18.4(0.724)
65 (2
.56)
45 (1
.77)
14.5
(0.57
1)14
.5 (0
.571)
29 (1.14
)50
.5 (1
.988)
78 (3
.07)
65 (2
.56)
75 (2
.95)
140 (
5.51)
17.5
(0.68
9)
65 (2.56)28.6
(1.126)
93.6 (3.685)16.4 (0.646)
47.5(1.870)
19.6(0.772)
67.1 (2.642)17.5
(0.689)25.4
(1.000)250 (9.84)
157.5
(6.20
1)
110 (4.33)
39.5(1.555)
44.5
(1.75
2)87
.5 (3
.445)
25.5 (1.004)
31.6(1.244)
φ100
(3.94
) (M-
tool)
15 (0.59)(M-tool)
268.4 (10.567)300 (11.81)
253.4 (9.976) (M-tool)
Unit: mm (in.)BT40 (BIG PLUS) + JIS retention knobLE11240R0100800110003
29 (1.14
)50
.5(1
.988)
78 (3
.07)
14.5
(0.57
1)14
.5 (0
.571)
19.6(0.772)47.5
(1.870)
67.1 (2.642)17.5
(0.689)
45 (1
.77)
65 (2
.56)
65 (2.56)
140 (
5.51)
17.5
(0.68
9)
110 (4.33)
28.6(1.126)
157.5
(6.20
1)
16.4 (0.646)93.6 (3.685)
φ100
(3.94
) (M-
tool)
15 (0.59)(M-tool)31.6
(1.24)
253.4 (9.976) (M-tool)268.4 (10.567)
300 (11.81)Gauge line
Unit: mm (in.)BT40 (BIG PLUS) + JIS retention knob
25.4 (1.000)
LE11240R0100800110004
6097-E P-159SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Super large diameter toolMax. dimensions
95 (3.74)17.5
(0.689)17.5
(0.689)
47.5(1.870)
47.5(1.870)
140 (
5.51)
17.5
(0.68
9)75
(2.95
)
130 (5.12)
65 (2
.56) 15
7.5 (6
.201)
39.5(1.555)
25.5(1.004)
44.5
(1.75
2)25
.5(1
.004)
87.5
(3.44
5)
65 (2.56)65 (2.56)
15 (0.59) (M-tool)
φ100
(3.94
) (M-
tool)
31.6(1.244)
250 (9.84) 18.4(0.724)
253.4 (9.976) (M-tool)268.4 (10.567)
300 (11.81) Gauge lineUnit: mm (in.)
BT40 (BIG PLUS) + JIS retention knobLE11240R0100800110005
6097-E P-160SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-4-2. HSK-A63
Standard toolMax. dimensions
Large diameter toolMax. dimensions
274 (10.79)
φ90 (
3.54)
300 (11.81)
26(1.02)
Unit: mm (in.)LE11240R0100800120001
47(1.85)
47(1.85)
65 (2
.56)
92.5
(3.64
2)15
7.5
(6.2
01)
274 (10.79)300 (11.81)
26 (1.02)
HSK-A63
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800120002
6097-E P-161SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Left-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
Right-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
67.1 (2.642)17.5
(0.689)25.4
(1.000)
47.5(1.870)
19.6(0.772)
93.6 (3.685)16.4 (0.646)65 (2.56)
28.6(1.126)
140 (
5.51)
17.5
(0.68
9)65
(2.56
)75
(2.95
)
29 (1.14
)50
.5 (1
.988)
78 (3
.07)
14.5
(0.57
1)14
.5 (0
.571)
250 (9.84)
65 (2
.56)
45 (1
.77)
24(0.94)
25.5
(1.00
4)5 (0
.20)
60 (2
.36)
8 (0.31)57 (2.24)25.5 (1.004)
87.5
(3.44
5)44
.5(1
.752)
39.5 (1.555) 300 (11.81)
26(1.02)
50 (1.97)
110 (4.33)
157.5
(6.20
1)
Unit: mm (in.)HSK-A63
LE11240R0100800120003
45 (1
.77)
65 (2
.56)
67.1 (2.642)17.5
(0.689)19.6 (0.772)47.5
(1.870)
14.5
(0.57
1)14
.5 (0
.571)
29 (1.14
)50
.5 (1
.988)
78 (3
.07)
93.6 (3.685) 16.4 (0.646)
157.5
(6.20
1)
28.6(1.126)
110 (4.33)
274 (10.79)300 (11.81)
26(1.02)
17.5
(0.68
9)14
0 (5.5
1)
65 (2.56)
25.4 (1.000)
Unit: mm (in.)HSK-A63
LE11240R0100800120004
6097-E P-162SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Super large diameter toolMax. dimensions
24(0.94)
250 (9.84)75
(2.95
)14
0 (5.5
1)17
.5 (0
.689)
47.5(1.870)
47.5(1.870)
95 (3.74)17.5
(0.689)17.5
(0.689)
65 (2.56) 65 (2.56)
87.5
(3.44
5)25
.5(1.
004)
44.5
(1.75
2)
25.5(1.004)
39.5(1.555)
26(1.02)
50 (1.97)
300 (11.81)
157.5
(6.20
1)
65 (2
.56)
130 (5.12)Unit: mm (in.)
HSK-A63LE11240R0100800120005
6097-E P-163SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-4-3. CAPTO-C6
Standard toolMax. dimensions
Large diameter toolMax. dimensions
Notch position to set position
φ90 (
3.54)
278 (10.94)
300 (11.81)
22(0.87)
Unit: mm (in.)LE11240R0100800130001
92.5
(3.64
2)65
(2.56
)
47(1.85)
47(1.85)
157.
5 (6
.201
)
notch position to set position
CAPTO C6
278 (10.94)300 (11.81)
22 (0.87)
Unit: mm (in.)
LE11240R0100800130002
6097-E P-164SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Left-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
Right-sided large diameter toolMax. dimensions
25.5
(1.00
4)
14.5
(0.57
1)14
.5 (0
.571)
29 (1.14
)50
.5 (1
.988)
78 (3
.07)
65 (2
.56)
75 (2
.95)
140 (
5.51)
17.5
(0.68
9)
65 (2.56)28.6
(1.126)93.6 (3.685)16.4 (0.646)
47.5(1.870)
19.6(0.772)
67.1 (2.642)17.5
(0.689)25.4
(1.000)
65 (2
.56)
45 (1
.77)
5 (0.20
)
8 (0.31)57 (2.24)
60 (2
.36)
250 (9.84)
157.5
(6.20
1)
110 (4.33)
39.5(1.555)
44.5
(1.75
2)87
.5 (3
.445)
25.5 (1.004)
28(1.10)
22(0.87)
50 (1.97)
300 (11.81)9 (0.35)
Notch position to set position
Unit: mm (in.)CAPT C6
LE11240R0100800130003
29 (1.14
)50
.5(1
.988)
78 (3
.07)
14.5
(0.57
1)14
.5 (0
.571)
19.6(0.772)47.5
(1.870)
67.1 (2.642)17.5
(0.689)
45 (1
.77)
65 (2
.56)
25.4(1.000)
65 (2.56)
140 (
5.51)
17.5
(0.68
9)
110 (4.33)
28.6(1.126)
157.5
(6.20
1)
16.4 (0.646)93.6 (3.685)278 (10.94) 22
(0.87)300 (11.81)
Notch position to set position
Unit: mm (in.)CAPT C6
LE11240R0100800130004
6097-E P-165SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Super large diameter toolMax. dimensions
95 (3.74)17.5
(0.689)17.5
(0.689)47.5
(1.870)14
0 (5.5
1)17
.5 (0
.689)
75 (2
.95)
250 (9.84)
5 (0.20
)60
(2.36
)
8 (0.31)57
(2.24)
130 (5.12)
65 (2
.56) 157.5
(6.20
1)
39.5(1.555) 25.5 (1.004)
44.5
(1.75
2)25
.5(1.
004)
87.5
(3.44
5)
65 (2.56)65 (2.56)
28(1.10)
22(0.87)
50 (1.97)
300 (11.81)9 (0.35)
Notch position to set position
Unit: mm (in.)CAPT C6
47.5(1.870)
LE11240R0100800130005
6097-E P-166SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5. Working Ranges
6-5-1. Turning Tool (BT40 BIG PLUS) [Tailstock Model]
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)13
3 (5.2
4)
79.6
(3.13
4)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avel
31.6
(1.244)
56 (2
.20)
25 (0.98)
φ5 (0.
20)
R313.4 (12
.339)
120 (
4.72)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
255 (10.04)7 (0.28)58
(2.28)
1803
(70.9
8)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1)Trav
el15
90.4
(62.6
14) W
orkin
g ran
ge
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
47)
126.6
(4.98
4)18
0 (7.0
9)35 (1.3
8)91.
6 (3.60
6)
45 (1.77) 1
15 (4
.53)
20 (0
.79)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)16
5 (6.5
0) Tra
vel
[5 (0.
20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)
350 (
13.78
)
94 (3
.70)
147 (
5.79)
870.4
(34.2
68)
1590
.4 (6
2.614
)
28 (1.10
)75
(2.95)
120 (
4.72)
136 (
5.35)
479 (
18.86
)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
195 (7.68)
110 (4.33)
215 (8.46) 45(1.77)
50(1.97)
20 (0.79)
60(2.36)φ550 (21.65) Max turning dia[145 (5.71)]
[190 (7.48)]505 (19.88) Travel
85 (3.35)420 (16.54)
60(2.36)
15(0.59)
70(2.76)20 (0.79)
20 (0.79)60(2.36)
171.6 (6.756)
485 (19.09)
Center
of turre
t rotati
on
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret
(opti
onal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lowe
r tur
ret
(opti
onal)
1520
(59.8
4)(M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800140001
6097-E P-167SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
150 (
5.91)
Trav
el16
5 (6.5
0) Tr
avel
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
20 (0.79)
326.6 (12.858)178.4 (7.024)
51.2(2.016)
82(3.23)
33.5 (1.319)16.4(0.646)139.2 (5.480)
171.6(6.756)
133 (
5.24)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1600
(62.9
9)Tr
avel
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1)Tr
avel
68(2
.68)
1670
(65.7
5)15
20 (5
9.84)
(Max
. wor
k len
gth)
Gaug
e line
65 (2.56
)60 (2.36
)
135.3
(5.32
7)
[5 (0
.20)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)16
8(6.
61)
40 (1.57
)35
0 (13
.78)
79 (3
.11)
46 (1.81
)43 (1.69
)12
38.5
(48.7
60)
1670
(65.7
5)
54 (2.13) 15.
7(0.6
18)76.3 (3
.004) 18 (0.7
1)33.
5 (1.31
9)
15 (0.5
9)
30 (1.18)
21 (0
.83)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
R313
.4(12
.339)
Chuc
k: Kit
agaw
a B-20
8A60
1C
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n268.5 (10.571)43
(1.69)127.1 (5.004)66.4
(2.614)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
453.4 (17.850)96.6 (3.803)
505 (19.88) Travel
165.4 (6.512)
17.3 (0.681)
31.6(1.244)
35(1.38)
91.6 (3.606)
126.6 (4.984)180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)
485 (19.09)
562.2 (22.134)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800140002
6097-E P-168SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E for main spindle (B-axis: 45°)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
45°
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
1803
(70.9
8)13
3 (5.2
4)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el52
.4 (2
.063)
129.2
(5.08
7)28
(1.10
)9
(0.35)
7(0.2
8)
149 (
5.87)
1617
.6 (6
3.685
) Wor
king r
ange
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avel
Gaug
e line
137.4 (
5.409)
180 (7.
09)382
.2 (15.
047)
224.4
(8.83
5)
7 (0.2
8)217
.4 (8.5
59)Cen
ter of t
urret ro
tation
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)R3
17.4
(12.49
6)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)16
5 (6.5
0) Tr
avel
[5 (0
.20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40 (1.57
)39 (1.5
4)147 (
5.79)
350 (
13.78
)
1098
.5 (4
3.248
)
1617
.6 (6
3.685
)
273 (
10.75
)60
.1(2.3
66)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
dTa
ilstoc
k bas
e left
sid
e retr
act e
nd
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
150 (
5.91)
Trave
l
357.2 (14.063)12
(0.47)25
(0.98)110.8 (4.362)
112.8 (4.441)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
244.4 (9.622)260.6 (10.260)
[30.6 (1.205)]505 (19.88) Travel[14.4 (0.57)]
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
273 (10.75)232 (9.13)
167.6 (6.598)
260.6 (10.260)
35(1.38)189.4 (7.457)
224.4 (8.835)485 (19.09)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (o
ption
al)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
LE11240R0100800140003
6097-E P-169SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
φ5 (0.
20)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)[210 (8.27)]
485 (19.09)
63.4(2.496)
57.5(2.264)
24.6(0.969)18 (0.71)
24 (0.94)251 (9.88)
R283.2 (11.150)
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
133 (
5.24)
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1571
.8 (6
1.882
) (W
orkin
g ran
ge)
44(1
.73)
24(0.
94)
27 (1.06
)10
3.7(4.
083)
98.2
(3.86
6)
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
47)
263.2
(10.3
62)
180 (
7.09)
160 (
6.30)
103.2 (
4.063)
31.6
(1.244)
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
Gaug
e line
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tr
avel
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avel
20 (0
.79)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
[5 (0.
20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40 (1.57
)52 (2.05
)35
0 (13
.78)
199 (
7.83)
896.4
(35.2
91)
1571
.8 (61
.882)
28(1.
10)
42.4
(1.66
9)75 (2.95
)71 (2.80
)12
1 (4.7
6)13
9 (5.4
7)
476.4
(18.7
56)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
165 (
6.50)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
177 (6.97)106.4 (4.189)26.6
(1.047)120 (4.72)75(2.95)
157 (6.18)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40 (1.57)60 (2.36)
[255 (10.04)]φ505 (19.88) Travel
20 (0.79)
17.5(0.689)
19(0.75)
30(1.18)
201.8 (7.945)
485 (19.09)
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t(o
ption
al)
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft si
de
adva
nce e
ndUn
it : m
m (in
.)
LE11240R0100800140004
6097-E P-170SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-2. Turning Tool (BT40 BIG PLUS) [Sub Spindle Model]
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
Cente
r of
turret
rotat
ion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
Gaug
e line
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
126.6
(4.98
4)18
0 (7.0
9)35
(1.38
)31.
6 (1.24
4)
137 (
5.39)
29 (1
.14)
76 (2.99
)
R313.4 (12.339)
91.6
(3.60
6)
1590
.4 (6
2.614
) (wo
rking
rang
e)13
3 (5.2
4)
115 (4.53
)56
(2.20
)25 (0.98
)45 (1.77
)
1803
(70.9
8)
79.6
(3.13
4)
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
47)
20 (0.7
9)φ5
(0.20)
[5 (0.
20)]
[13 (0
.51)]
40 (1
.57)
350 (
13.78
)94
(3.70)
147 (
5.79)
260 (
10.24
)
993.4
(39.1
10)
1590
.4 (6
2.614
)
28 (1
.10)
119 (
4.69)
67 (2.64
)
356 (
14.02
)44
3.6 (1
7.465
)
45 (1.77
)65 (2.56
)32 (1.2
6)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1940
(76.3
8)
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)
195 (7.68)
110 (4.33)
φ210 (8.27)
50(1.97)
45(1.77)215 (8.46)
20(0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65)(Max. turning dia.)[145(5.71)] [190 (7.48)]505 (19.88) Travel
85(3.35)
420 (16.54)
153 (6.02)75 (2.95)14
(0.55)33
(1.30)
30(1.18)
14(0.55)186 (7.32)58
(2.28)60
(2.36) 7 (0.28)
φ169 (6.65)
171.6 (6.756)
485 (19.09)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800150001
6097-E P-171SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa
B-20
8A60
1CTo
uch s
etter
/sens
or fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
1803
(70.9
8)13
3 (5.2
4)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
79 (3.1
1)46 (1.8
1)43 (1.6
9)
65 (2.56) 58 (2.28)
60 (2.36)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
137 (
5.39)
29 (1
.14)
76 (2.99
)[5
(0.20
)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13
(0.51)
]40
(1.57
)35
0 (1
3.78)
68 (2.68)
168 (
6.61)
1371
(53.9
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el
7 (0.2
8)34
(1.
34)57 (2.
24)
33 (1.30
)
131 (
5.16)
[202 (
7.95)
]
274 (10.79)43
(1.69)
9.6 (0.378)
121.5(4.783)
66.5(2.618)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
[51.6 (2.031)]φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
326.6 (12.858)178.4 (7.024)
505 (19.88) Travel[96.6(3.803)]
255.5 (10.059)34
(1.34)61
(2.40)10
(0.39)144.5(5.689)
37.1(1.461)
171.6 (6.756)
φ169 (6.65)31.6(1.244)
35(1.38)
91.6(3.606)
126.6 (4.984)180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)562.2 (22.134)
485 (19.09)
R313.
4 (12.3
39)
20 (0.79)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800150002
6097-E P-172SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for sub spindle (B-axis: 90°)
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
1803
(70.9
8) 1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
133 (
5.24)
60 (2.36)
65 (2.56)
58 (2.2
8)
1520
(59.8
4)(M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
137 (
5.39)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20) 60
(2.36)40
(1.57)
20 (0.79)
φ210(8.27)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13
(0.51)
]
350
(13.7
8)
40 (1.57)
74 (2.91)
198 (
7.80)
260 (
10.24
)
50(1.9
7)50(
1.97)
174 (
6.85)
[51.6 (2.031)]φ550 (21.65)(Max. turning dia.)
326.6 (12.858)178.4 (7.024)
505 (19.88) Travel
262 (10.31)50
(1.97)55.5
(2.185)52
(2.05)85.5
(3.366)14.6
(0.575)
171.6 (6.756)
5 (0.2
0)29 (1.1
4)76 (2.9
9)
244.5 (9.626)55(2.17)
27.1 (1.067)120
(4.72)
85.5(3.366)
35 (1.38)
31.6(1.244)
91.6(3.606)
126.6 (4.984)
485 (19.09)
180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)562.2 (22.134)
R313.
4 (12.3
39)
55 (2.17
)48 (1.89
)38 (1.50)
141 (
5.55)
72 (2.83
)
[96.6 (3.803)]
1940
(76.3
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el13
71 (5
3.98)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800150003
6097-E P-173SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
2. Th
is dr
awing
does
not s
how
the in
terfer
ence
with
the l
ower
turre
t.
149.3
(5.87
8)
1983
(78.0
7)
1850
(72.8
3)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el15
20.7
(59.8
70)(w
orkin
g ran
ge)
180 (
7.09)
126.6
(4.98
4) 35 (1
.38)
31.6 (1
.244)
91.6
(3.60
6)15
20 (5
9.84)
(Max
. wor
k len
gth)
R313.4 (12.339)
112 (
4.41)
27 (1.06)
70.6
(2.780
)20 (0.79)
37 (1.46)
13 (0.5
1)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13
(0.51)
]
350
(13.7
8)26
0 (10
.24)
328.9
(12.9
49)
246.8
(9.71
7)
69.3
(2.72
8)15
4.5 (6
.083)
23 (0
.91)
994.3
(39.1
46)
1520
.7 (5
9.870
)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
φ210 (8.27)
40 (1.57
)
175 (6.89)89.2 (3.512)
49.8(1.961)191 (7.52)
90(3.54)
85(3.35)
420 (16.54)φ550 (21.65)(Max. turning dia.)[145 (5.71)]
[190 (7.48)]505 (19.88) Travel
171.6 (6.756)
φ169 (6.65)
[5 (0
.20)]
89.5(3.524)
174.5 (6.870)50.5
(1.988)27 (1.06)
37 (1.46)204 (8.03)12 (0.47)
58 (2.28)65
(2.56)60
(2.36)485 (19.09)
29 (1
.14)
76
(2.99
)
279.6
(11.0
08)
169.6
(6.67
7)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206
-01X
Unit:
mm
(in.)
1. T
he to
uch
sette
r can
not b
e us
ed u
nder
the
cond
itions
sho
wn in
the
abov
e di
agra
m.
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800150004
6097-E P-174SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E for main spindle (B-axis: 45°)
1803
(70.9
8)
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206
-01X
Cente
r of
turre
t ro
tation
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
133 (
5.24)
28 (1
.10)
7 (0.2
8)14
9 (5.8
7)9 (0.3
5)
52.4
(2.06
3)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el16
17.6
(63.6
85)(w
orkin
g ran
ge)
224.4
(8.83
5)7 (
0.28)
217.4
(8.55
9)
R317.
4 (12.4
96)
20 (0.79)20
(0.79
)φ5
(0.20
)
φ210 (8.27)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
[5(0.
20)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13
(0.51)
]
147 (
5.79)
350 (
13.78
)26
0 (10
.24)
39 (1
.54)
40 (1.57
)11
51.6
(45.3
39)
68 (2.68
)21
2 (8.3
5)28
0 (11
.02)
361.4
(14.2
28)
29 (1
.14)
76
(2.99
)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39)
485 (19.09)260.6 (10.260)
35(1.38)
224.4 (8.835)189.4 (7.457)
167.6 (6.598)
68.6 (2.701)
68 (2.68)
33(1.30)212 (8.35)192 (7.56)
[30.6 (1.205)]
244.4 (9.622)
505 (19.88) Travel
260.6 (10.260)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
[14.4 (0.567)]
357 (14.06)112.6 (4.433)
12(0.47)
25(0.98)111 (4.37)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1940
(76.3
8)
137.4 (
5.409) 27
(1.06)
180 (7.
09)382
.2 (15.
047)
60(2.36)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800150005
6097-E P-175SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E for sub spindle (B-axis: 135°)
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206
-01X
Gaug
e line
Unit:
mm
(in.)
2. Th
is dr
awing
does
not s
how
the in
terfer
ence
with
the l
ower
turre
t.1.
The t
ouch
sette
r can
not b
e use
d und
er th
e con
dition
s sho
wn in
the a
bove
diag
ram.
133 (
5.24)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1803
(70.9
8)
95 (3
.74)
1575
(62.0
1) (w
orkin
g ran
ge)
382.2 (
15.047
)
180 (7.
09)137
.4 (5.4
09)
224.4
(8.83
5)21
7.4 (8
.559)
7 (0.2
8)
R317.
4 (12.
496)
20 (0.79)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
103
(4.06
)
40 (1
.57)
39 (1.54
)[13
(0.51)
]
350 (
13.78
)44
.5 (1.
752)
260 (
10.24
)45
2.4 (1
7.811
)95.
5 (3.76
0)110
(4.33)
250 (
9.84)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1127
.6 (4
4.394
)
[30.6 (1.205)]
244.4 (9.622)
505 (19.88) Travel
260.6 (10.260)
[14.4 (0.567)]
110 (4.33)95.5 (3.760)
103.6 (4.079)
122.5 (4.823)157 (6.18)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
20 (0.79)
167.6 (6.598)
29 (1
.14) [5
(0.20
)]
76
(2.99
)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39)
89.8(3.535)
334.2 (13.157)50
(1.97)94.8 (3.732)
35 (1.38)
260.6 (10.260)
26 (1.02)189.4 (7.457)224.4 (8.835)
485 (19.09)
111 (
4.37)
110 (
4.33)
35.4
(1.394)
51 (2
.01)
87.4 (3
.441)
φ210 (8.27)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800150006
6097-E P-176SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206
-01X
Gaug
e line
180 (
7.09)
103.2
(4.06
3)16
0 (6.3
0)
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
133 (
5.24)
44 (1
.73)
41 (1.61
)10
3(4
.06)95
(3.74
)
1803
(70.9
8)56
2.2 (2
2.134
)
382.2
(15.0
47)
263.2
(10.3
62)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1575
(62.0
1) (w
orkin
g ran
ge)
R283.2 (11.150)
31.6
(1.24
4)
14 (0.55
)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0.
20)
20 (0.79)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
[5 (0
.20)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13 (0.
51)] 350 (
13.78
)
147 (
5.79)
260 (
10.24
)
40 (1
.57)
55.2
(2.17
3)10
16.8
(40.0
31)
1575
(62.0
1)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
28 (1
.10)
67 (2.64
)47 (1.85
)30 (1.18
)65 (2.56
)119 (4
.69)
356 (
14.02
)42
0.2 (1
6.543
)
29 (1
.14)
137 (
5.39) 76
(2.99
)
177 (6.97)
157 (6.18)
93 (3.66)119 (4.69)75 (2.95)41
(1.61)
φ210 (8.27)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
153 (6.024)75 (2.953)28
(1.102)30 (1.181)
14 (0.551)133 (5.236)
19(0.748)
186 (7.323)
485 (19.094)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
505 (19.88) Travel[210 (8.27)]
485 (19.09)255 (10.04)
20 (0.79)
201.8 (7.945)
φ169 (6.65)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800150007
6097-E P-177SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
Cente
r of
turret
rotat
ion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208A
601C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r turre
t (opti
onal)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206-0
1X
Gaug
e line
Unit:
mm
(in.)
2. Th
is dra
wing
does
not s
how
the in
terfer
ence
with
the l
ower
turret
.1.
The t
ouch
sette
r can
not b
e use
d und
er the
cond
itions
show
n in t
he ab
ove d
iagram
.
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tra
vel
562.2
(22.1
34)
443.2
(17.4
49)
382.2
(15.0
47)
133 (
5.24)
149.6
(5.89
0)15
20.4
(59.85
8) (w
orking
rang
e)18
0 (7.0
9)26
3.2 (1
0.362
)103
.2 (4.0
63)16
0 (6.3
0)31
.6 (1
.244)
R283.2
(11.15
0)
20 (0.79)20
(0.79
)φ5
(0.20
) 60(2.36)
40(1.57)
φ210(8.27)
103 (4.06)
39 (1.54)
[13 (0.
51)]
350 (
13.78
)40 (1
.57)
164.2
(6.46
5)
247.5
(9.74
4)10
16.7
(40.02
8)
1680
(66.1
4) Tra
vel
1940
(76.3
8)
83.3
(3.28
0)
260 (
10.24
)56
5.8 (2
2.276
)
[5 (0.
20)]
45 (1.77)
76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)
103.2 (
4.063)
65 (2.5
6)43
(1.69
)
110 (
4.33)
146.2
(5.75
6)
137 (
5.39)
275 (10.83)230 (9.06)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
505 (19.88) Travel[255 (10.04)]
20 (0.79)
[210 (8.27)]
485 (19.09)
201.8 (7.945)
φ169 (6.65)
158 (6.22)65(2.56)
45(1.77)
43(1.69)
194 (7.64)
485 (19.09)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turret
(opti
onal)
LE11240R0100800150008
6097-E P-178SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-3. Turning Tool (HSK-A63) [Tailstock Model]
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
20 (0.79)
85 (3.35)420 (16.54)
15 (0.59)
58(2.28)
133 (
5.24)
129.2 (
5.087)
150 (5
.91) T
ravel
76 (2.
99)
56 (2.
20)25 (0.9
8) 45 (1.77)11
5 (4.5
3)
1670
(65.7
5) Tra
vel
1600
(62.9
9) Tra
vel
1594
(62.7
6) (W
orking
rang
e)
Gaug
e line
1803
(70.9
8)38
2.2 (1
5.047
)
303 (
11.93
)12
3 (4.8
4)18
0 (7.0
9)
35 (1.38)
88 (3.4
6)26
(1.02)
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotati
on
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
[5 (0.
20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)
350 (
13.78
)94
(3.70
)14
7 (5.7
9)
241 (
9.49)
874 (
34.41
)47
9 (18
.86)
1594
(62.7
6)
28 (1
.10)
120 (
4.72)
75 (2.95
)12
0 (4.7
2)13
6 (5.3
5)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y trav
el
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
150 (5
.91) T
ravel
135.3 (
5.327)
165 (6
.50) T
ravel
R309.9 (12.201
)
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow the
interf
erence
with t
he low
er tur
ret.
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Kit
agaw
a B-20
8A60
1C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r turre
t (opti
onal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turret
(opti
onal)
195 (7.68)50(1.97)
45(1.77)
215 (8.46)
110 (4.33)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)[145 (5.71)]
[190 (7.48)]505 (19.88) Travel
60(2.36)
70(2.76)
20(0.79)
20 (0.79)255 (10.04)
7(0.28)
37 (1.46)
65 (2.56)
175.1(6.894)
485 (19.09)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800160001
6097-E P-179SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
103
(4.06
)
133 (
5.24)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1600
(62.9
9)Tr
avel
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Gaug
e line
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
R309
.9
(12.20
1)
180 (
7.09)
65 (2.5
6)37
(1.46)
58 (2.2
8)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
68 (2
.68)
39 (1
.54)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20) 200 (
7.87)
[5 (0
.20)]
39 (1.54)
168 (
6.61)
40 (1
.57)
350 (
13.78
)
79 (3
.11)
46 (1.81)
53 (2.09)
68 (2.68
)17
8 (7.0
1)12
28.5
(48.3
66)
1670
(65.7
5)
101 (
3.98) 20
.4(0.
803)42 (1.6
5) 12.1 (0
.476)
44.6
(1.756)22.4
(0.88
2)21
(0.83
)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)165
(6.50)
Travel
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret
(opti
onal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t(o
ption
al)
268.3 (10.563)43.1(1.697)
123.5(4.862)
70.1(2.760)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
275 (10.83)275 (10.83)
[47.9 (1.886)]φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
322.9 (12.713)182.1 (7.169)
505 (19.88) Travel[92.1 (3.626)]
152 (5.98)101 (3.98)42(1.65)
25(0.98)
29.2 (1.150)
137.4 (5.409)
26(1.02)
35(1.38)
88 (3.46)
123 (4.84)180 (7.09)
485 (19.09)
382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134) Unit :
mm
(in.)
135.3
(5.32
7)
20 (0.79)
18.4 (0.724)
LE11240R0100800160002
6097-E P-180SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E for main spindle (B-axis: 45°)
200 (
7.87)
251 (9.88)10(0.39)
45°
1803
(70.9
8)13
3 (5.2
4)
52.4
(2.06
3)
25.5
(1.00
4)
9(0.3
5)14
9 (5.8
7)12
9.2 (5
.087)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
1617
.6 (6
3.685
) Wor
king r
ange
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
133.8 (
5.268)
180 (7.
09)
382.2 (
15.047
)
26 (1.02)
41.9
(1.650)
180 (
7.09)
7 (0.2
8)21
4.9 (8
.461)
Cente
r of R3
13.8
(12.35
4)
150 (5.
91) Tra
vel13
5.3 (5
.327)
165 (
6.50)
12.8
(0.50
4)20
(0.79
)φ5
(0.20
)
135.3
(5.32
7)
[5 (0
.20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40 (1.5
7)35
0 (13
.78)
36.5
(1.43
7)14
7 (5.7
9)
183.5
(7.22
4)11
17 (4
3.98)
251 (
9.88)
317 (
12.48
)17
(0.67)
39 (1
.54)
10 (0
.39)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Gaug
e line
354.6 (13.961)12
(0.47)25(0.98)
113.4 (4.465)
112.8 (4.441)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
[33.2 (1.307)]505 (19.88)Travel[11.8 (0.465)]
550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)242.2 (9.535)263.2 (10.362)
11.7 (0.461)232.6 (9.157)
171.2(6.740)
35(1.38)
186.9 (7.358)
221.9 (8.736) 263.2 (10.362)
485 (19.09)
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Unit :
mm
(in.)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret
(opti
onal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (o
ption
al)
LE11240R0100800160003
6097-E P-181SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
485 (19.09)
133 (
5.24)
201.3
(7.92
5)67.
7 (2.66
5)25
(0.98
)
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) T
rave
l
1468
.7 (5
7.823
) Wor
king r
ange
Gaug
e line
260 (
10.24
)18
0 (7.0
9)16
0 (6.3
0)10
0 (3.9
4)26
(1.02)
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotat
ion R280
(11.0
2)
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
47)
150 (5.
91) Tra
vel16
5 (6.5
0) Tr
avel
135.3
(5.32
7) Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0.
20)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
[5 (0
.20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)35
0 (13
.78)
92.7 (3
.650)
898.8
(35.3
86)
1468
.7 (5
7.823
)
28 (1
.10)
34 (1.34) 10
(0.39)
71 (2.8
0)71
(2.80)
121 (
4.76)
142.2
(5.59
8)
477.2
(18.7
87)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t
192 (7.56)128 (5.04)185 (7.28)172 (6.77)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
φ550 (21.65) Max turning dia[210 (8.27)]
[255 (10.04)]505 (19.88) Travel20 (0.79)
63.4(2.496)
16.5(0.650)
59(2.32)
19.6(0.772)23
(0.91)29
(1.14)
19.5 (0.768)24 (0.94)251 (9.88)
205 (8.07)
485 (19.09)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800160004
6097-E P-182SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 55° diamond-shaped for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
200 (
7.87)
133 (
5.24)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avel
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotat
ion
59 (2.32)
71 (2.80
)43 (1
.69)
R254
(10.00
)45
(1.77
)Ga
uge l
ine
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
135.3
(5.32
7)
[5 (0
.20)]
103
(4.06
)20
7 (8.1
5)40
(1.57
)
350 (
13.78
)88 (3.46
)17
3 (6.8
1)12
47 (4
9.09)
15 (0
.59)
77 (3.03
)44 (1.7
3) 25
(0.98) 1
1 (0.43
)78
(3.07)
Tails
tock b
ase
left s
ide re
tract
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)16
5 (6.5
0) Tra
vel
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for u
pper
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)269 (10.59)43(1.69)
70(2.76)
123 (4.84)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
270 (10.63)235 (9.25)
[5 (0.20)]505 (19.88) Travel[40 (1.57)]
146.5 (5.768)8.7 (0.343)
31(1.22)
58.8(2.315)
14 (0.55)20
(0.79)40(1.57)
186 (7.32)
39 (1.54)31 (1.22)
231 (9.09)70(2.76)
180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134)
485 (19.09)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800160005
6097-E P-183SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 80° diamond-shaped for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
265 (10.43)240 (9.45)
151 (5.94)191 (7.52)
133 (
5.24)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1600
(62.9
9)Tr
avel
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotat
ion
59 (2.32)
71 (2.8
0)43
(1.69
)R2
49.1
(9.80
7)45
(1.77
)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
[76 (2.
99)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)168 (
6.61)
40 (1
.57)
350 (
13.78
)
88 (3
.46)
173 (
6.81)
1247
(49.0
9)11
(0.43
)80
(3.15
)33 (1.30)9
2 (3.6
2)34
(1.34
)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
165 (
6.50)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
Tails
tock b
ase
left s
ide re
tract
end
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
269 (10.59)43(1.69)
65(2.56)
128 (5.04)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
[10 (0.39)]505 (19.88) Travel[35 (1.38)]
20(0.79)75
(2.95)68
(2.68)
235.9(9.287)
34(1.34)
65(2.56)
180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)562.2 (22.134)
485 (19.09)
31 (1.22)
Gaug
e line
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800160006
6097-E P-184SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
255 (10.04)
133 (
5.24)
47.1
(1.85
4)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avel
1622
.9 (6
3.894
) (W
orkin
g ran
ge)
Gaug
e line
273 (
10.75
)93
(3.66
)18
0 (7.0
9)
7 (0.2
8)86
(3.39
)Ce
nter o
f turre
t rot
ation
R280.6
(11.047)
382.2
(15.0
47)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
[5 (0.
20)]
53
(2.09
)49 (1.9
3)44 (1.7
3)93
(3.66
)
92.9
(3.65
7)14
7(5
.79)
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54)
168 (
6.61)
40 (1.57
)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
904 (
35.59
)
28 (1
.10)
120 (
4.72)
75 (2
.95) 1
20 (4
.72)
136 (
5.35)
479 (
18.86
)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)165
(6.50)
Travel
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
Tailsto
ck ba
se left
side
retrac
t end
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for u
pper
tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for lo
wer
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
197 (7.76)45(1.77)
44(1.73)
71(2.80)
148 (5.83)85 (3.35)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) Max turning dia[145 (5.71)]
85 (3.35)420 (16.54)
505 (19.88) Travel1520
(59.8
4)
65 (2.56)15
(0.59)
60 (2.36)70 (2.76)20
(0.79)
20 (0.79)30 (1.18)
204.4(8.047)
[485 (19.09)]
35(1.38)
72 (2.83)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800160007
6097-E P-185SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
200 (
7.87)
212 (8.35)
35 (1.38)
7 (0.28)86 (3.39)
133 (
5.24)
129.2
(5.08
7)150
(5.91
) Trav
el
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel 16
00 (6
2.99)
Trav
el
1520
(59.8
4)
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
R280
.6
(11.04
7)
65 (2.5
6) 42 (1
.65)
30 (1.1
8)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
[5 (0
.20)]
135.3
(5.32
7)
103
(4.06
)
39 (1.54)
168 (
6.61)
40 (1.57)
79 (3
.11)
45 (1.77
)30
(1.18
)14
(0.55
)
68 (2
.68)
350 (
13.78
)16
8 (6.6
1)
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
1255
(49.4
1)
84 (3
.31) 2
7(1.
06)45 (1.7
7)73
(2.87)
18 (0
.71)
247 (
9.72)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
150 (
5.91)
Trave
l13
5.3 (5
.327)
165 (
6.50)
Trave
l
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a
B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
229 (9.02)53(2.09)
30 (1.18)93 (3.66)100 (3.94)
19 (0.75)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia) [18 (0.71)]
293 (11.54)
φ505 (19.88) Travel[63 (2.48)]
169 (6.65)84 (3.31)36
(1.42)26
(1.02)
16 (0.63)
139 (5.47)
180 (7.09)
93 (3.66)
[485 (19.09)]
382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134)
Gaug
e line Un
it : m
m (in
.)
LE11240R0100800160008
6097-E P-186SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-4. Turning Tool (HSK-A63) [Sub Spindle Model]
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206
-01X
Gaug
e line Th
is dr
awing
does
not s
how
the in
terfer
ence
with
the l
ower
turre
t.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
133 (
5.24)
56 (2
.20)
115 (
4.53)
76 (2
.99)
25 (0.98)
45 (1.77)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el15
94 (6
2.76)
(wor
king r
ange
)
382.2
(15.0
47)
303 (
11.93
)12
3 (4.8
4)35
(1.38
)88
(3.46
)26
(1.02
)
180 (
7.09)
20 (0.79)20
(0.79
)φ5
(0.20
)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
φ210 (8.27)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13
(0.51)
]
[5 (0
.20)]
350 (
13.78
)14
7 (5.7
9)94 (3.70
)24
1 (9.4
9)
260 (
10.24
)
40 (1
.57)
1520
(59.84
2) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
28 (1
.10)
997 (
39.25
)
1594
(62.7
6)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
67 (2.64
)
65 (2.56
)45 (1.7
7)32 (1.26
)11
9 (4.6
9)
356 (
14.02
)
440 (
17.32
)
195 (7.68)215 (8.46)50
(1.97)45
(1.77)
110 (4.33)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)[145(5.71)] [190 (7.48)]505 (19.88) Travel
85(3.35)
420 (16.54)
153 (6.02)75 (2.95)30
(1.18)14 (0.55)
14 (0.55)
33(1.30) (1.30)
186 (7.32)
65 (2.56)
37 (1.46) 7 (0.28)58 (2.28)
R309.9 (12.20
1)
175.1 (6.894)
φ169 (6.65)
485 (19.09)
137 (
5.39)
29 (1
.14)
76 (2
.99)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800170001
6097-E P-187SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
133 (
5.24)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
1520
(59.84
2) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
R309
.9
(12.20
1)65
(2.56
)37 (
1.46)
7 (0.2
8)58
(2.28
)79
(3.11
)46 (1.81
)43 (1.69)
20 (0.79)20
(0.79
)φ5
(0.20
) 60(2.36)
40(1.57)
φ210 (8.27)
φ550 (21.65)( (Max. turning dia.)
505 (19.88) Travel
323 (12.72)
[48 (1.89)]
182 (7.17)
[93(3.66)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13
(0.51)
]
350
(13.7
8)68 (2.68
) 260
(10.2
4)16
8 (6.6
1)
40 (1
.57)
1371
(53.9
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
7 (0.2
8)13
1(5
.16)
202 (
7.95)
34 (1.34
)80 (3
.15)
10 (0
.39)13
7 (5.3
9)
29(1
.14)
76 (2.99
)
274 (10.79)43
(1.69)118 (4.65)6 (0.24)
70(2.76)
[5 (0.20
)]
260 (10.24)34
(1.34)
29 (1.14)
57.5(2.264)
10 (0.39)
143.5 (5.650)
φ169 (6.65)
35(1.38)
26 (1.02)
88 (3.46)180 (7.09)123 (4.84)303 (11.93)
562.2 (22.134)382.2 (15.047)
485 (19.09)175.1 (6.894)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800170002
6097-E P-188SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for sub spindle (B-axis: 90°)
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
133 (
5.24)
1803
(70.9
8) 1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1520
(59.84
2) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
φ210 (8.27)
50 (1.97)
20 (0.79)
20 (0
.79)
φ 5 (0
.20)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
505 (19.88) Travel10
3(4.
06)
39 (1.54
) 350
(13.7
8)
40 (1.57
)
260 (
10.24
)17
4 (6.8
5)19
8 (7.8
0)[13 (0.
51)] 51
(2.01
)73 (2.8
7)50
(1.97
)26
0 (10
.24)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1940
(76.3
8)
48 (1.89
)38 (1.50
)46
(1.81
1) 132 (
5.20)
72 (2
.83)
5 (0.2
0)76 (2.
99)
29(1.
14)
137
(5.39
)
262 (10.31)53
(2.09)51
(2.01)89 (3.50)
11(0.43)
182 (7.17)
[93(3.66)]
323 (12.72)
[48 (1.89)]
247 (9.72)46
(1.81)123 (4.84)89 (3.50)
175.1 (6.894)
φ169(6.65)
30 (1.18)
35 (1.38)88(3.46)
123 (4.84)180 (7.09)
303 (11.93)382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134)
485 (19.09)
R309
.9
(12.20
1)37
(1.46
)58 (2.28
)7 (
0.28)
65 (2
.56)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800170003
6097-E P-189SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
Gaug
e line
Unit:
mm
(in.)
2. Th
is dr
awing
does
not s
how
the in
terfer
ence
with
the l
ower
turre
t.1.
The t
ouch
sette
r can
not b
e use
d und
er th
e con
dition
s sho
wn in
the a
bove
diag
ram.
562.2
(22.1
34)
303 (
11.93
)18
0 (7.0
9)
133 (
5.24)
149.3
(5.87
8)12
3 (4.8
4)
88 (3.46
)35
(1.38
)26
(1.02
)
R309
.9(12
.201)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13 (0
.51)]
40 (1
.57)
325.3
(12.8
07)
69.3
(2.72
8)24
6.8 (9
.717)
154.5
(6.08
3)23
(0.91
) 1940
(76.3
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el
997.9
(39.2
87)
1520
.7 (5
9.870
)11
0 (4.3
3)16
6 (6.5
4)
260 (
10.24
)
29 (1
.14)
76(2
.992)
5 (0.2
0)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39)
112
(4.41
)
27 (1.06
)67 (2.64
)20 (0.79)
37(1.4
6)13
(0.51
)
φ210(8.27)
20 (0.79)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0.2
0) 60(2.36)
40(1.57)
175 (6.89)89.2(3.512)
49.8(1.961)191 (7.52)
90(3.54)
85(3.35)
420 (16.54)[145 (5.71)]
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65)(Max. turning dia.)
175.1 (6.894)
89.5(3.524)
174.5 (6.870)50.5
(1.988)27(1.06)12 (0.47)
37 (1.46)204 (8.03)
7 (0.28)58 (2.28)
65(2.56)
37 (1.46)
485 (19.09)
190 (7.48)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
1983
(78.0
7)
1520
.7 (5
9.870
) (wo
rking
rang
e)
1520
.7 (5
9.870
)(Max
. wor
k len
gth)
1850
(72.8
3)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
LE11240R0100800170004
6097-E P-190SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206
-01X
Gaug
e line
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
47.1
(1.85
4)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
1622
.9 (6
3.894
) (wo
rking
rang
e)27
3 (10
.75)
93 (3
.66)
180 (
7.09)
7 (0.2
8)86
(3.39
)
R280.6
(11.04
7)
382.2
(15.0
47)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.5
4)13 (0.5
1)29 (1.1
4)76 (2.9
9)
20 (0.79)
20 (0.7
9)φ5
(0.20)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
[5 (0.2
0)]40
(1.57
)
350 (
13.78
)
260 (
10.24
)
53.9 (
2.122)
49 (1.93)
44 (1.73)
93 (3.6
6)
92.9 (3
.657)
147 (5.
79)10
26 (4
0.39)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1940
(76.3
8)
25(0
.98)
70 (2.76
) 40
(1.57
)37 (1.46
)
70 (2.76
)115
(4.53
)35
7 (14
.06)
410 (
16.14
)29(1
.14)
76 (2.99
)
137
(5.39
)
197 (7.76)148 (5.83)45
(1.77)44
(1.73)71
(2.80)
85 (3.35)
φ210 (8.27)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
505 (19.88) Travel
85(3.35)
420 (16.54)
[145 (5.71)]
85(3.35)
35(1.38)
72(2.83)30
(1.18)
150 (5.91)80
(3.15)20
(0.79)27(1.06)
30(1.18)
15 (0.59)204.4
(8.047)
183(7.20)
[485(19.09)]
φ169 (6.65)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800170005
6097-E P-191SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
Cente
r of tu
rret ro
tation
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208A
601C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r turre
t (opti
onal)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206-0
1X
This
drawi
ng do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tur
ret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
133 (
5.24)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
103
(4.06
)76 (2.9
9)39 (1.5
4)29
(1.14)
13 (0.51)
φ210(8.27)
20 (0.79)20
(0.79) φ5 (0.2
0) 60(2.36)
40(1.57)
[5 (0.2
0)]
40 (1
.57)
350 (
13.78
)79
(3.11)
45 (1.77)
30 (1.18) 1
4 (0.55
)
68 (2.6
8)16
8 (6.6
1)26
0 (10
.24)
1371
(53.9
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
18 (0
.71) 27
.5(1.
08)
70.5
(2.77
6)
15 (0.5
9)
131 (
5.16)
202 (
7.95)
29(1.
14)
76 (2.99
)
137 (
5.39)
65 (2
.56)
42 (1
.65)
30 (1
.18)
R280.6 (11.
047)
229 (9.02)53(2.09)
30(1.18)
19 (0.75)93 (3.66)100 (3.94)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
505 (19.88) Travel
[18 (0.71)]
293 (11.54)212 (8.35)
[63 (2.48)]
236.5 (9.311)25(0.98)
27.5(1.083)86.5
(3.406)129.5 (5.098)
4(0.16)
204.4 (8.047)
φ169 (6.65)7
(0.28)86 (3.39)180 (7.09)
93 (3.66)
382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134)
[485 (19.09)]
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turret
(opti
onal)
LE11240R0100800170006
6097-E P-192SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for sub spindle (B-axis: 90°)
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
103
(4.06
)76 (2.9
9)29
(1.14)
39 (1.54)13 (0.5
1)
350
(13.7
8)40
(1.57
)20 (0.79)
20 (0.7
9)φ5
(0.20) 60
(2.36)40
(1.57)
56 (2.20
)68 (2.68
)30 (1.1
8)14
(0.55
)16
8 (6.6
1)19
8 (7.8
0)26
0 (10
.24)
1371
(53.9
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
18 (0.7
1)27.
5(1.0
83)47.
5(1.8
70)38
(1.50)
[5 (0.2
0)]
131 (5.16)
[72 (2.83)]
29 (1
.14)
76 (2.99
)
137
(5.39
)
30 (1
.18)
42 (1
.65)6
5 (2.5
6)
R280.6 (11.
047)
229 (9.02)53(2.09)
30(1.18)91 (3.58)102
(4.02)
19 (0.75)
[18 (0.71)]φ550 (21.65)(Max. turning dia.)
293 (11.54)212 (8.35)
505 (19.88) Travel[63 (2.48)]
235 (9.25)26.5
(1.043)
27.5(1.083)93.5 (3.681)
4 (0.16)
122.5 (4.823)
204.4 (8.047)
φ169 (6.65)7
(0.28)86 (3.39)180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134) 93 (3.66)
[485 (19.09)]
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
φ210(8.27)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el13
3 (5.2
4)
LE11240R0100800170007
6097-E P-193SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Unit:
mm
(in.)
2. Th
is dr
awing
does
not s
how
the in
terfer
ence
with
the l
ower
turre
t.1.
The t
ouch
sette
r can
not b
e use
d und
er th
e con
dition
s sho
wn in
the a
bove
diag
ram.
133 (
5.24)
155 (
6.10)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el27
3 (10
.75)
1515
(59.6
5) (w
orkin
g ran
ge)
382.2
(15.0
47)
180 (
7.09)
93 (3
.66)
86 (3
.39)
7 (0.2
8)
103
(4.06
)13 (0.5
1) 29
(1.14)
39 (1.54)
76 (2.99)
20 (0.7
9) φ5 (0.
20)
20 (0.79)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
φ210 (8.27) 350 (
13.78
)56
1 (22
.09)
40 (1
.57)
260 (
10.24
)
66 (2.6
0)15
3 (6.0
2)23
(0.91
)24
2 (9.5
3)10
27 (4
0.43) 16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
R280.6
(11.047
)
137 (
5.39)
5 (0.2
0)29
(1.14)76
(2.99)
93 (3.66
)28 (1.10
)55 (2.17
)28 (1.10)
42 (1.6
5)
110 (
4.33)
136 (
5.35)
177 (6.97)90 (3.54)58
(2.28)180 (7.09)
φ550 (21.65)(Max. turning dia.)
85 (3.35)
420 (16.54)
505 (19.88) Travel
[145 (5.71)]
85 (3.35)
204.4 (8.047)
[485(19.09)]
φ169 (6.65)
30 (1.18)
35(1.38)
72 (2.83)
175 (6.89)45(1.77)
30(1.18)
20 (0.79)
42(1.65)193 (7.60)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206
-01X
LE11240R0100800170008
6097-E P-194SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E for main spindle (B-axis: 45°)
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
CTo
uch s
etter
/sens
or fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-206
-01X
Cente
r of
turret
rotat
ion
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
133 (
5.24)
1803
(70.9
8) 1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1620
.1 (6
3.783
)(wor
king r
ange
)49
.9 (1
.965)
28 (1
.10)
9 (0.35
)149
(5.87
)
133.8 (5
.268) 26 (
1.02)180
(7.09)
382.2 (
15.047
)
7 (0.2
8)21
4.9 (8
.461)
211.9
(8.34
3)
R313
.8(12
.354)
20 (0.79)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0.2
0)60
(2.36)40
(1.57)
φ210 (8.27)
40 (1
.57)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[5 (0
.20)]
[13 (0
.51)]
147 (
5.79)
186 (
7.32) 350 (
13.78
)26
0 (10
.24)
1154
.1 (4
5.437
)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1940
(76.3
8)
68 (2.68
)21
2 (8.3
5)28
0 (11
.02)
358.9
(14.1
30)13
7 (5.3
9) φ169 (6.65)
29 (1
.14)
76(2
.992)
354.7 (13.965)12
(0.47)25
(0.98)113.3 (4.461)
112.8(4.441)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
505 (19.88) Travel
241.9 (9.524)
[33.1 (1.303)]
263.1 (10.358)
[11.9 (0.469)]
68(2.68)
33(1.30)212 (8.35)192 (7.56)
71.1(2.799)
171.2 (6.740)
485 (19.09)
35 (1.38)186.9 (7.358)
263.1 (10.358)221.9 (8.736)
39(1
.54)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
LE11240R0100800170009
6097-E P-195SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E for sub spindle (B-axis: 135°)
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
Gaug
e line
Unit:
mm
(in.)
2. Th
is dr
awing
does
not s
how
the in
terfer
ence
with
the l
ower
turre
t.1.
The t
ouch
sette
r can
not b
e use
d und
er th
e con
dition
s sho
wn in
the a
bove
diag
ram.
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el15
75 (6
2.01)
(wor
king r
ange
)
382.2 (
15.047
)
180 (7.
09)133
.8 (5.2
68)
26 (1.0
2)
221.9
(8.73
6)
214.9
(8.46
1)7 (
0.28)
R313
.8
(12.35
4)
95 (3
.74)
φ210(8.27)
20 (0.79)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0.2
0)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13 (0
.51)]
350 (
13.78
)40 (1
.57)
260 (
10.24
)
44.5
(1.752)
449.8
(17.7
09)
95.5
(3.76
0)11
0(4
.33)
250 (
9.84)
1130
.2 (4
4.496
)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
137 (
5.39)
29 (1
.14)
φ169 (6.65) 76 (2.99
)
[5 (0
.20)]
112 (
4.41)
35.4
(1.394)47
.5 (1.
870)
110 (
4.33)
84.9
(3.34
3)
106.1 (4.177)
110 (4.33)95.5
(3.760)122.5(4.823)
157 (6.18)20 (0.79)
φ550 (21.65)(Max. turning dia.)
241.9 (9.524)263.1 (10.358)
505 (19.88) Travel [33.1 (1.303)][11.9 (0.469)]
171.2 (6.740)
89.8(3.535)
331.7 (13.059)50 (1.97)26
(1.02)
97.3(3.831)
35(1.38)
186.9 (7.358)221.9 (8.736)
485 (19.09)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
133 (
5.24)
LE11240R0100800170010
6097-E P-196SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 80° diamond-shaped for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
133
(5.24
)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
59 (2.32
)71 (2.80
)43 (1.6
9)
128(5.04)
65(2.56)
43(1.69)
269 (10.59)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
aB
-208
A60
1CC
huck
: K
itaga
wa
B-2
06-0
1XTo
uch
sette
r/sen
sor f
orup
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
low
er tu
rret
(opt
iona
l)
φ210 (8.27)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.5
4)[13
(0.51)
]35
0(1
3.78)
88 (3.46
)17
3(6
.81)
260
(10.2
4)
40 (1
.57)
[76 (2
.99)]
20 (0.79)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
60(2.36)
40(1.57)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
1940
(76.3
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el13
61 (5
3.58)
[10(0.39)]
[35(1.38)]
505 (19.88) Travel
240 (9.45) 265 (10.43)15
20 (5
9.84)
(Max
. wor
k len
gth)
Gau
ge li
ne
259 (10.20)34(1.34)
38(1.50)
174 (6.85)
17.5
(0.68
9)34 (1.3
4)80 (3.15
)4.5
(0.17
7)
136 (
5.35)
[182 (
7.17)
]
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
29(1
.14)
76 (2.99
)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39)
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
235.9(9.287)34
(1.34)
485 (19.09)
65(2.56)
180 (7.09)562.2 (22.13)
382.2 (15.05)
45 (1.77)
R249
.1 (9.
807)
LE11240R0100800170011
6097-E P-197SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 80° diamond-shaped for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
133
(5.24
)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Gau
ge li
ne
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
aB
-208
A60
1CC
huck
: K
itaga
wa
B-2
06-0
1X
45.5
(1.79
1)81
.5(3.
209)
47 (1.85
)
102.5 (4.035) 45(1.77)
45.5(1.791)
47(1.85)
265 (10.43)
φ210 (8.27)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
low
er tu
rret
(opt
iona
l)
[81.5
(3.20
9)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54)
[13 (0
.51)]
350
(13.7
8)17
8(7
.01)
174
(6.85
)26
0(1
0.24)
40 (1
.57)
20(0.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
60(2.36)
40 (1.57)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
265 (10.43)240 (9.45)
505 (19.88) Travel [10(0.39)]
[35(1.38)]
20 (0
.79)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1360
(53.5
4)
243 (9.57)50(1.97)
65(2.56)
147(5.79)
136
(5.35
)[92 (3.62
)]
18 (0.71
)68 (2.68
)50
(1.97
)
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
29(1.
14)
76 (2.99
)
φ169 (6.65)137
(5.39
)
235.9 (9.287)34(1.34)
485 (19.09)
65(2.56)
31(1.22)180
(7.09)562.2 (22.13)382.2 (15.047)
45 (1
.77)
R249
.1 (9.
81)
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
LE11240R0100800170012
6097-E P-198SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 55° diamond-shaped for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
Chuc
k:
Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Gaug
e line
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el13
3 (5.2
4) 59 (2.32
)71 (2.80
)43 (1.69
)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
R254
(10.00
)
45 (1.77
)
[5 (0
.20)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)[13 (0
.51)]
350 (
13.78
)
40 (1
.57)
88 (3.46
)17
3 (6.8
1)
260 (
10.24
)
1361
(53.5
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el19
40 (7
6.38)
17.5
(0.68
9)4.5
(0.17
7)80 (3.15
)34 (1.34
) 136
(5.35
)[18
2 (7.1
7)]
29 (1.14
)76 (2.99
)
137 (
5.39)
269 (10.59)43(1.69)
70(2.76)
123 (4.84)
φ210(8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
270 (10.63)235 (9.25)
505 (19.88) Travel [5 (0.20)][40 (1.57)]
259 (10.20)34(1.34)
33(1.30)179 (7.05)
φ169 (6.65)
39(1.54)31 (1.22)
231 (9.09)70(2.76)
180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134)485 (19.09)
LE11240R0100800170013
6097-E P-199SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 55° diamond-shaped for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck: K
itaga
wa
B-20
6-01
X
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion R2
54
(10.00
)
485 (19.09)
45 (1.77)
137 (
5.39) 76 (2
.99)
[92 (3.
62)]
29 (1.14)
18 (0.7
1)50 (1.9
7)
50(1.97)
68 (2.68
)13
6 (5.3
5)
[5 (0.20)]
243 (9.57)
270 (10.63)
262.015(10.31555)
50(1.97)
45(1.77)5 (0.20)
143 (5.63)
235 (9.25)
70(2.76)
142 (5.59)
562.2 (22.134)382.2 (15.047) 180 (7.09)
231(9.09)
70(2.76)
31 (1.22)39
(1.54)
φ169 (6.65)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1360
(53.5
4)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
[40 (1.57)]1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
φ210 (8.27)
133 (
5.24)
45.5
(1.791)
78.5
(3.091)
50 (1.97)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turr
et (o
ptio
nal)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ5 (0.2
0) 20
(0.79)
20 (0.79)
[13 (0.
51)]
260 (
10.24
)
103
(4.06
)40
(1.57
)
[81.5 (
3.209)
]
178 (
7.01)
174 (
6.85)
350 (
13.78
)39 (1.5
4)
LE11240R0100800170014
6097-E P-200SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-0
1X
Gau
ge li
ne
Cen
ter o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
1020
(40.1
6)12
63 (4
9.72)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
1803
(70.9
8)
417 (
16.42
)
65 (2.56)
30 (1.18)
26(1.
02)
160 (
6.30)
260 (
10.24
)100
(3.94)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1575
(62.0
1) (w
orking
rang
e)
R280 (11
.02)
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
47)
180 (
7.09)
485 (19.09)
205 (8.07)
φ169 (6.65)137
(5.39
)76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)
119
(4.69
)35
6 (14
.02)
47 (1.85)
67 (2.64)
28 (1
.10)
133 (
5.24)
95 (3.74
)99
.6(3.
921)
41 (1.61)
44 (1.73) 14
.4(0.5
67)
[210 (8.27)] [255 (10.04)]
153 (6.02)75(2.95)28
(1.10)
30(1.18)186 (7.32)
14 (0.55)
19(0.75)
133 (5.24)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
177 (6.97)
[20 (0.79)]93
(3.66)
41(1.61)119
(4.69)75
(2.95) 157 (6.18)
[13 (0.
51)]
[5 (0.2
0)]
260 (
10.24
)
103
(4.06
)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
40 (1
.57)
147 (
5.79)
350
(13.78
)
312 (
12.28
)52
(2.05
)
39 (1.54)
φ5 (0.2
0) 20
(0.79)
20 (0.79)
LE11240R0100800170015
6097-E P-201SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turr
et (o
ptio
nal)
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
562.2
(22.1
34)
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1520
.4 (5
9.858
) (wo
rking
rang
e) 1020
(40.1
6)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
R280
(11.02
)
26 (1
.02)
160
(6.30
)
260 (
10.24
)
100
(3.94
)
180 (
7.09)
382.2
(15.0
47)
485 (19.09)
194 (7.64) 43(1.69)
45(1.77)
65(2.56)
158 (6.22)
205 (8.07)
φ169 (6.65)137
(5.39
)76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)
[5 (0
.20)]
43 (1.69)
143 (
5.63)
65 (2.56
)10
0(3
.94)
247.5
(9.74
4)
164.2
(6.46
5)83
.3(3.
280)
110
(4.33
)
45 (1.77)
[210 (8.27)][255 (10.04)]505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
133 (
5.24)
149.6
(5.89
0)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ5 (0.2
0) 20
(0.79)
20 (0.79)
230 (9.06) 275 (10.83)
[13 (0.
51)]
260 (
10.24
)
103
(4.06
)40
(1.57
)
562.5
(22.1
46)
350
(13.7
8)
39 (1.54)
1.Th
e to
uch
sette
r can
not b
e us
ed u
nder
the
cond
ition
s sh
own
in th
e ab
ove
diag
ram
.2.
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
LE11240R0100800170016
6097-E P-202SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-5. Turning Tool (CAPTO-C6) [Tailstock Model]
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
[145 (5.71)]
420 (16.54)
255 (10.04)
133 (
5.24)
129.2 (
5.087)
56 (2.
20)25 (0.9
8)45 (1.77)
115 (4.
53)
70 (2.7
6)150
(5.91)
Travel
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tra
vel
1600
(62.9
9) Tra
vel
1600
(62.9
9) (W
orking
rang
e)
Gaug
e line
382.2
(15.0
47)
117 (
4.61)
180 (
7.09)
35 (1
.38)
82 (3.2
3)
22 (0.8
7)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotati
on
R304 (11.97)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
[5 (0.
20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40 (1.5
7)35
0 (13
.78)
147 (
5.79)
94 (3.
70)88
0 (34
.65)
1600
(62.9
9)
28 (1
.10)
120 (
4.72)
75 (2.
95)12
0 (4.7
2)13
6 (5.3
5)
479 (
18.86
)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y trav
el150 (5
.91)Tr
avel
165 (6
.50)Tr
avel
135.3
(5.32
7)
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow the
interf
erence
with t
he low
er tur
ret.
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Kit
agaw
a B-20
8A60
1C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r turre
t (opti
onal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turret
(opti
onal)
195 (7.68)60(2.36)
45(1.77)
52.3(2.059)
152.7 (6.012)
110 (4.33)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) Travel
[190 (7.48)]505 (19.88) Travel
85 (3.35)
65 (2.56)15 (0.59)
60(2.36)70 (2.76)
20 (0.79)
20 (0.79)
7(0.28)
58(2.28)
37(1.46)
181 (7.13)
485 (19.09)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800180001
6097-E P-203SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
60 (2.36)
188 (7.40)
133 (
5.24)
68 (2
.68)
129.2 (
5.087)
150 (5
.91) T
ravel
1600
(62.9
9) Tra
vel
1670
(65.7
5) Tra
vel
1670
(65.7
5)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
Gaug
e line
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotati
on
65 (2.56
) 37 (
1.46)
58 (2.2
8)R3
04 (1
1.97)
20 (0
.79)
5 (0.2
0)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
[5 (0.
20)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)35
0 (13
.78)
79 (3.
11)46 (1.81)
43 (1.69)
1238
.5 (48
.760)
1670
(65.7
5)
91.2
(3.59
1)15.
7 (0.61
8)18 (0.71)
15 (0.5
9)
30 (1.18)
21 (0.8
3)
39.1
(1.53
9)33.5
(1.31
9)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y trav
el This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow the
interf
erence
with t
he low
er tur
ret.
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
150 (
5.91)
Trave
l135.3
(5.32
7)16
5 (6.5
0)
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Kit
agaw
a B-20
8A60
1C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r turre
t (opti
onal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turret
(opti
onal)270 (10.63)
43(1.69)116 (4.57)
76(2.99)
4 (0.16)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
42 (1.65)463 (18.23)87 (3.43)
317 (12.48)
505 (19.88) Travel
155.8 (6.134)91.2(3.591)
42(1.65)
33.5 (1.319)17.3 (0.681)16.4
(0.646)148.8 (5.858)
181(7.13)
35(1.38)
82 (3.23)
22(0.87)
117 (4.61)180 (7.09)
485 (19.09)
382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800180002
6097-E P-204SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type E for main spindle (B-axis: 45°)
135.3
(5.32
7)
45°
133 (
5.24)
49 (1
.93)
24.5
(0.96
5)9
(0.35)
149 (
5.87)
35.5
(1.39
8)12
9.2 (5
.087)
150 (
5.91)
Trave
l
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
1621
(63.8
2) W
orkin
g ran
ge
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avelGa
uge l
ine
382.2 (
15.047
)
180 (7.
09)
127.7 (5
.028)
217.5
(8.56
3)7
(0.28
)21
0.5 (8
.287)
76.2
(3.00
0)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotat
ion
39 (1
.54)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20) 20
0 (7.8
7)
[5 (0
.20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)
35.5
(1.39
8)35
0 (13
.78)
182.5
(7.18
5)11
07.5
(43.60
2)16
21 (6
3.82)
264 (
10.39
)17 (0.6
7)
40 (1
.57)
10 (0
.39)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)16
5 (6.5
0) Tra
vel
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for lo
wer
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
350.4 (13.795)12
(0.47)25(0.98)
117.6(4.630)
112.8 (4.441)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
[37.3 (1.469)]φ505 (19.88) Travel[7.7 (0.303)]
237.7 (9.358)267.3 (10.524)
264 (10.39)10 (0.39)231 (9.09)
177.3 (6.980)
267.3 (10.524)
485 (19.09)
R307.7
(12.114)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800180003
6097-E P-205SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
485 (19.09)
44(1.73)
133 (
5.24)
53 (2.09
)75 (2.95
)19
(0.75
)19
0 (7.4
8)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el14
80 (5
8.27)
(Wor
king r
ange
)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Gaug
e line
250 (
9.84)
160 (
6.30)
90 (3.5
4)22
(0.87)
180 (
7.09)
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotat
ion
382.2
(15.0
47)
562.2
(22.1
34)
R270
(10.6
3)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)16
5 (6.5
0) Tra
vel
Tailst
ock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0.
20)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)[5
(0.20
)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)
350 (
13.78
)
53 (2.09
)94 (3
.70)
908.2
(35.7
56)
29 (1
.14) 13
.2(0
.520)35
(1.38
)66 (2.60
)19
2 (7.5
6)14
2.6 (5
.614)
477.8
(18.8
11)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
177 (6.97)121.5 (4.783)206.5 (8.130)
157 (6.18)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)[210 (8.27)]
[255 (10.04)]505 (19.88) Travel
20 (0.79)
63.5(2.500)
16.7(0.657)58
(2.28)
20.2(0.795)
21(0.83)30.5 (1.201)
251 (9.88)
215 (8.46)
485 (19.09)
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800180004
6097-E P-206SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 55° diamond-shaped for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
265 (10.43)
133 (
5.24)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avel
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
Gaug
e line
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotat
ion
R249
.1(9.
807)
59 (2.32)
71 (2.80
)43
(1.69
) 20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
135.3
(5.32
7)
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)165
(6.50)
Travel
200 (
7.87)
[5 (0
.20)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)168 (
6.61)
40 (1
.57)
88 (3
.46)
350 (
13.78
)17
3 (6.8
1)12
47 (4
9.09)
15 (0.5
9)77
(3.03
)44 (1.73) 2
5(0.9
8) 11 (
0.43)
78 (3
.07)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel Th
is draw
ing do
es no
t show
the in
terfer
ence
with t
he low
er tur
ret.
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
dTa
ilstoc
k bas
e left
sid
e adv
ance
end
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)269 (10.59)43(1.69)
65(2.56)
128 (5.04)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
240 (9.45)
[10 (0.39)]505 (19.88) Travel[35 (1.38)]
146.5 (5.768)8.7 (0.343)
31(1.22)
14 (0.55)
58.8(2.315)
15(0.59)40 (1.57)191 (7.52)
235.9 (9.287)
39(1.54)26 (1.02)
65(2.56)
180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)
562.2 (22.134)
485 (19.09)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800180005
6097-E P-207SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 80° diamond-shaped for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
133 (
5.24)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avel
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
59 (2.32)
71 (2
.80)
43 (1
.69) 20
(0.79
)φ5
(0.20
)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
[76 (2.
99)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)35
0 (13
.78)
88 (3
.46)
173 (
6.81)
1247
(49.0
9)11
(0.43
)80
(3.15
)33 (1.30) 9
2 (3.6
2)34 (1.34
)
150 (
5.91)
Trave
l135
.3 (5.
327)
165 (
6.50)
Trave
l
45 (1
.77)
R249
.1(9.
807)
Cente
r of
turret
rotat
ion
Gaug
e line
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side r
etrac
t end
Tails
tock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
d
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
269 (10.59)43(1.69)
65(2.56)
128 (5.04)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
265 (10.43)240 (9.45)
[10 (0.39)]505 (19.88) Travel[35 (1.38)]
151 (5.94)20
(0.79)75
(2.95)68
(2.68)191 (7.52)
235.9(9.287)
34(1.34)
31 (1.22)
65(2.56)
180 (7.09)382.2 (15.047)562.2 (22.134)
485 (19.09)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800180006
6097-E P-208SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
133 (
5.24)
39.1
(1.53
9)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el16
30.9
(64.2
09) (
Wor
king r
ange
)
1435
(56.5
0)
1520
(59.8
4)
Gaug
e line
265 (
10.43
)85
(3.35
)18
0 (7.0
9)
7(0
.28)
78 (3
.07)
382.2
(15.0
47)
R272.9
(10.744)
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotat
ion
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)
[5 (0
.20)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)
53.9
(2.122)
57 (2.24)
44 (1.73)
85 (3.3
5)92.
9 (3.65
7)14
7 (5.7
9)
350 (
13.78
)
912 (
35.91
)
28 (1.10)12
0 (4.7
2)75
(2.95)
120 (
4.72)
136 (
5.35)
479 (
18.86
)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
150 (
5.91)
Travel
135.3
(5.32
7)16
5 (6.5
0) Tra
vel
Tailsto
ck ba
se left
sid
e retr
act en
d
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
Tailsto
ck ba
se left
side
advan
ce en
d
Chuck
: Kitag
awa B
-208
A601
C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
197 (7.76)45(1.77)
44(1.73)
71(2.80)
148 (5.83)85 (3.35)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)[145 (5.71)]85 (3.35)420 (16.54)
505 (19.88) Travel
65 (2.56)15 (0.59)
60 (2.36)70 (2.76)20 (0.79)
20 (0.79)255 (10.04)
35(1.38)
72 (2.83)
30 (1.18)
212.1(8.350)
[485 (19.09)]
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800180007
6097-E P-209SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
133 (
5.24)
129.2
(5.08
7)15
0 (5.9
1) Tra
vel
1803
(70.9
8)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1600
(62.9
9) Tr
avel
Cente
r of tu
rret
rotat
ion
R272.9 (10.74
4)
65 (2.5
6)42
(1.65)
30 (1.18)
20 (0
.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
135.3
(5.32
7)20
0 (7.8
7)[5 (
0.20)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54
)16
8 (6.6
1)40
(1.57
)30
(1.18
)14
(0.55
)79
(3.11
)45 (1.77
) 350 (
13.78
)68
(2.68)
168 (
6.61)
1255
(49.4
1)
84 (3
.31) 2
7 (1.06)45 (1.7
7)73
(2.87
)18
(0.71
)
247 (
9.72)
1600
(62.9
9) Ta
ilstoc
k bod
y tra
vel
150 (
5.91)
Trave
l13
5.3 (5
.327)
165 (
6.50)
Trave
l
Tailst
ock b
ase l
eft
side a
dvan
ce en
dTa
ilstoc
k bas
e left
sid
e retr
act e
nd
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
This d
rawing
does
not sh
ow th
e inter
feren
ce wit
h the
lower
turret
.
229 (9.02)53
(2.09)30 (1.18)85 (3.35)108 (4.25)27 (1.06)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
[10 (0.39)]φ550 (21.65) (Max turning dia)
285 (11.22)220 (8.66)
505 (19.88) Travel[55 (2.17)]
161 (6.34)84 (3.31)36
(1.42)26
(1.02)
16 (0.63)
35 (1.38)147 (5.79)
212.1 (8.350)
7(0.28)
78 (3.07)85 (3.35)180 (7.09)
[485 (19.09)]
382.2 (15.047)
Gaug
e line
562.2 (22.134)
Unit :
mm
(in.)
LE11240R0100800180008
6097-E P-210SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-6. Turning Tool (CAPTO-C6) [Sub Spindle Model]
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)G
auge
line
Cente
r of
turre
t rota
tion
35 (1
.38)
82 (3.2
3)
22
(0.87)
382.2
(15.0
47)
R304 (11.97)
37(1.46) 186
(7.32)14
(0.55) 30 (1.18)
58(2.28)
7 (0.28)
117 (4.
61)18
0 (7.0
9)
137 (
5.39) 76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)
485 (19.09)
75(2.95)
153(6.02)
68(2.68)
14(0.55)
33(1.30)
181 (7.13)
φ169 (6.65)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
uppe
r tur
ret.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-0
1X43
4 (17
.09)
356 (
14.02
)
119
(4.69
)65 (2.
56)45 (1.7
7)67 (2.
64)32 (1.26)
1003
(39.4
9) 1600
(62.9
9)
1940
(76.3
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trave
l
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
420 (16.54)
152.7(6.012)
52.3(2.059)
60(2.36)
45(1.77)
195 (7.68)
110(4.33)
φ210 (8.27)
[145 (5.71)] [190 (7.48)]
[5 (0.2
0)]
[13 (0.
51)]
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
85(3.35)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
1803
(70.9
8)13
3 (5.2
4)
260 (
10.24
)
φ5 (0.2
0) 20
(0.79)
20 (0.79)
147 (
5.79)
350
(13.78
)94 (3.70
)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.5
4)40 (1.5
7)
67.5
(2.657)
56 (2
.20)
115
(4.53)
45 (1.77)
25 (0.98)
1670
(65.7
5) Tra
vel
1602
.5 (63
.091)
(work
ing ra
nge)
28 (1
.10)
LE11240R0100800190001
6097-E P-211SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck: K
itaga
wa
B-20
6-01
X
φ210 (8.27)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turr
et (o
ptio
nal)
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
R304
(11.97
)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
485 (19.09)562.2 (22.134)
382.2 (15.047) 180 (7.09)
22 (0.87)
58 (2.2
8)
7 (0.2
8)
131 (
5.16)
10 (0
.39)
80 (3.15
)
202 (
7.95)
34 (1.34)
65 (2.5
6)37 (1.4
6)
82(3.23)117
(4.61)
35(1.38) 181 (7.13)
137 (
5.39)
76 (2.9
9)29 (1.1
4)
φ169 (6.65)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1371
(53.9
8)
[87 (3.43)]
188 (7.40)
260 (10.24)34
(1.34)43
(1.69)
10 (0.39)158 (6.22)
317 (12.48)
274 (10.79)43(1.69)
112 (4.41)112 (4.41)
76(2.99)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.) [42 (1.65)]
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ5 (0.2
0) 20
(0.79)
20 (0.79)
133 (
5.24)
46 (1.81)43 (1.6
9)79 (3.1
1) 260
(10.2
4)
168
(6.61
)
103 (4.
06)
40(1
.57)
13 (0.5
1)68 (2.
68)
350 (
13.78
)
39 (1.54)
LE11240R0100800190002
6097-E P-212SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for sub spindle (B-axis: 90°)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Gau
ge li
ne
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
R304 (11.97
)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-0
1X
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trave
l13
3 (5.2
4)
382.2 (15.047)562.2 (22.134)
181 (7.13)35(1.38)
117(4.61)
180 (7.09)
22(0.87)
82(3.23)
485 (19.09)
76 (2.99
)
58 (2.28)
37 (1.46)65 (
2.56)
46 (1.81)
46(1.81)
132 (
5.20)
247 (9.72)95(3.74)
117(4.61)
50 (1.97)
198 (
7.80)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.5
4)[13
(0.51)]
350 (
13.78
)
260 (
10.24
)
20 (0
.79)
60(2.36)
95(3.74)
51(2.01)
5 (0.20)
47(1.85)
50(1.97)
262 (10.31)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
20 (0.79)
φ5 (0
.20)
174 (6
.85)
73 (2.87)
40 (1.57)
51 (2.01)
317 (12.48)188 (7.40)
[42 (1.65)]
[87 (3.43)]
137
(5.39
)
72 (2.83
)
48 (1.89)
38 (1.50
)
29 (1.14)
5 (0.20)
24 (0.94)φ169 (6.65)
1940
(76.3
8)
1364
(53.7
0)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trave
l
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
LE11240R0100800190003
6097-E P-213SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type A for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
1.Th
e to
uch
sette
r can
not b
e us
ed u
nder
the
cond
ition
s sh
own
in th
e ab
ove
diag
ram
.2.
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turr
et (o
ptio
nal)
1003
.9 (3
9.524
)15
20.7
(59.8
70)
1940
(76.3
8)
579.3
(22.8
07)
350
(13.7
8)
39 (1.54)
40 (1.57)
40(1.57)
[13 (0.
51)]
260 (
10.24
)
103
(4.06
)24
6.8 (9
.717)
23 (0
.91)
154.6
(6.08
7)69
.3(2.7
28)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
R304
(11.97
)
382.2
(15.0
47)
562.2
(22.1
34)
149.3
(5.87
8)
117
(4.61
)
112
(4.41
)
27 (1.06)
20 (0.79)
[5 (0
.20)]
29 (1
.14)
270 (
10.63
)
76 (2.99
)
117 (4
.61) 35
(1.38
)
13 (0
.51)
37 (1.46)
37 (1.46)
61 (2.40)
37(1.46)
485 (19.09)
181 (7.13)
[190 (7.48)]
90(3.54)
85 (3.35)420 (16.54)
89.2(3.512)
191 (7.52) 49.8(1.961) 175 (6.89)
60(2.36)
[145 (5.71)]
89.5(3.524)
φ169 (6.65)
174.5 (6.870)50.5(1.988)
65(2.56)
204 (8.03)27
(1.06)12(0.47)
22 (0.87)
82 (3.2
3)18
0 (7.0
9)18
50 (7
2.83)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1520
.7 (5
9.870
) (wo
rking
rang
e)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
φ5 (0.2
0) 20
(0.79)
20 (0.79)
φ210 (8.27)
133 (
5.24)
LE11240R0100800190004
6097-E P-214SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
133
(5.24
)
1803
(70.9
8)38
2.2 (1
5.047
)
1630
.9 (6
4.209
) (wo
rking
rang
e)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
39.1
(1.53
9)
R272.9 (10.744)
265 (
10.43
)
85 (3.35
)18
0 (7.0
9)
7(0
.28)
78 (3.07
)G
auge
line
Cent
er o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
76 (2.99)
103 (4.06)
39 (1.54)13 (0.5
1)29 (1.1
4)
197 (7.76)45(1.77)
44(1.73)
71(2.80)
148(5.83) 85
(3.35)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
aB
-208
A60
1C
Chuc
k: K
itaga
waB-
206-
01X
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
φ210 (8.27)
[5 (0.
20)]
φ5 (0
.20)
20 (0
.79)
20(0.79)
60(2.36)
260
(10.2
4)
53.9
(2.12
2)57 (2.2
4)44 (1.7
3)85
(3.35
)92
.9(3
.657)
147
(5.79
)10
34 (4
0.71)
350
(13.7
8)
85(3.35)
[145(5.71)]
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
420 (16.54)505 (19.88) Travel
85(3.35)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
25
(0.98
)70 (2.76
)70 (2.76
)40 (1.5
7)37 (1.4
6)115
(4.53
)35
7(1
4.06)
402 (
15.83
)29
(1.14
)76 (2.99
)
137
(5.39
)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
φ169 (6.65)
150 (5.91)80(3.15)
30(1.18)
27(1.06)
183 (7.20)
35(1.38)
30 (1.18)72 (2.83)
212.1 (8.350)
20(0.79)
[485 (19.09)]
15(0.59)
LE11240R0100800190005
6097-E P-215SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
1803
(70.9
8)13
3(5
.24)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
aB
-208
A60
1CC
huck
: K
itaga
wa
B-2
06-0
1X
212.1 (8.350)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
229 (9.02)53(2.09)
30(1.18)
27(1.06)
85(3.35)
108(4.25)
φ210 (8.27)
68 (2.68
)16
8(6
.61)
260
(10.2
4)
1371
(53.9
8) 1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1940
(76.3
8)
131 (
5.16)
[202 (
7.95)
]35
0 (13
.78)
79 (3.11
)45 (1.7
7)30 (1.1
8)14 (0
.55)
[5 (0.
20)]
φ5 (0
.20)
20 (0
.79)
20(0.79)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.54)
13 (0.51)
29 (1.14)
76
(2.99
)
[10(0.39)]
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
285 (11.22)220 (8.66)
505 (19.88) Travel[55 (2.17)]
236.5(9.311)
25(0.98)
27.5(1.083)
78.5(3.091)137.5
(5.413) 4(0.16)
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
18(0
.71)
27.5
(1.083)
70.5
(2.77
6)15 (0
.59)29
(1.14
)76 (2.
99)
137
(5.39
)
φ169 (6.65)7 (0.28)
78(3.07)
85(3.35)
180(7.09)
382.2 (15.047)
Gau
ge li
ne
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
562.2 (22.134)
65 (2.56
)
42 (1.65
)30 (1.1
8)R27
2.9 (1
0.744
)
60(2.36)
LE11240R0100800190006
6097-E P-216SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for sub spindle (B-axis: 90°)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
aB
-208
A60
1C
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
aB
-206
-01X
350
(13.7
8)
27(1.06)
110(4.33)
83(3.27)
30(1.18)
53 (2.09)
229 (9.02)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
φ210 (8.27) 198 (
7.80)
168 (
6.61)
260 (
10.24
)13
71 (5
3.98)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1940
(76.3
8)
56 (2.20
)
68 (2.68)
30 (1.18) 1
4 (0.5
5)
φ5 (0
.20)
20 (0
.79)
20(0.79)
[10 (0.39)]
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
285 (11.22)220 (8.66)
505 (19.88) Travel[55 (2.17)]
235 (9.25)26.5
(1.043)27.5
(1.083)85.5
(3.366)130.5(5.138)
4(0.16)
212.1(8.350)
131
(5.16
)[72 (2.83
)]
18(0
.71)
27.5
(1.083)
47.5
(1.870)
[5 (0.20)]
38 (1
.50)
29(1.
14)
76 (2.99
)
137
(5.39
)
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
φ169 (6.65)
Gau
ge li
ne
7(0.28)
382.2 (15.047)85
(3.35)562.2 (22.134)
[485 (19.09)]
78(3.07)180 (7.09)
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
65 (2
.56)
30 (1.18)
42 (1
.65)
60(2.36)
1803
(70.9
8)13
3(5
.24)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
39 (1.54)
13 (0.51)
29 (1.14)
76 (2.99)
103
(4.06
)R272
.9 (10.74
4)
LE11240R0100800190007
6097-E P-217SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type C for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
Chuc
k: K
itaga
waB-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
350 (
13.78
)55
3 (21
.77)
260 (
10.24
)
20 (0
.79)
20(0.79)
φ5 (0.
20)
60(2.36)
177(6.97)
85 (3.35)
90(3.54)
58(2.28)
180 (7.09)
242 (
9.53)
23 (0
.91)
153 (
6.02)
66 (2.60
)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1940
(76.3
8)
1035
(40.7
5)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)[145(5.71)]
85(3.35)505 (19.88) Travel
212.1 (8.350)
85(3.35)
1. T
he to
uch
sette
r can
not b
e us
ed u
nder
the
cond
ition
s sh
own
in th
e ab
ove
diag
ram
.2.
Thi
s dr
awin
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
aB
-206
-01X
85 (3.35
)28 (1.1
0)28 (1.1
0)55 (2.1
7)42 (1.6
5)
110
(4.33
)12
8(5
.04)
5(0
.20)
29 (1.14)
76 (2.99)
137
(5.39
)
φ169 (6.65)
[485 (19.09)]
175 (6.89)47
(1.85)28
(1.10)20 (0.79)
42(1.65)193 (7.60)
35(1.38)
72(2.83)
30(1.18)
Gau
ge li
ne
Cente
r of tu
rret ro
tation
180 (
7.09)
85 (3.35
)78 (3.07
)7 (
0.28)
382.2
(15.0
47)
420 (16.54)
R272.9
(10.744
)
1803
(70.9
8)26
5 (10
.43)
133
(5.24
)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
155
(6.10
)15
15 (5
9.65)
(wor
king r
ange
)
103
(4.06
)39 (1.5
4)13 (0.5
1)29 (1.1
4)76 (2.9
9)
φ210 (8.27)
LE11240R0100800190008
6097-E P-218SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 45° slant type for main spindle (B-axis: 45°)
Gau
ge li
ne
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
1803
(70.9
8)
210.5
(8.28
7)
R307
.7(12
.114)
7 (0.2
8)21
7.5 (8
.563)
137 (
5.39)
354.5
(13.9
57)
562.2 (
22.134
) 382.2 (
15.047
)
180 (7.
09)
22 (0.8
7)
127.7 (5
.028)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1624
.5 (6
3.957
) (wo
rking
rang
e)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turr
et (o
ptio
nal)
[7.7 (0.303)] [37.3 (1.469)]
237.7 (9.358)267.3 (10.524)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
133 (
5.24)
45° 29
(1.14
)
485 (19.09)
177.3 (6.980)
75.3(2.965)
68(2.68)
33(1.30)
212 (8.35)
350.5 (13.799)
112.8(4.441)
12(0.47)
25 (0.98)117.5(4.626)
192 (7.56)
217.7 (8.571)182.7 (7.193) 35 (1.38)
φ169 (6.65)
1624
.5 (6
3.957
)11
58.5
(45.6
10)
280 (
11.02
)
212 (
8.35)
68 (2.68
)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
φ5 (0
.20)
20 (0.79)20
(0.79
)
40(1.57)
40 (1
.57)60
(2.36)
φ210 (8.27) 260 (
10.24
)
28 (1
.10)
9 (0.3
5)14
9 (5.8
7)
45.5
(1.79
1)
186 (
7.32)
350 (
13.78
)[13
(0.51)
][5
(0.20
)]
39 (1.54)
103
(4.06
)
76 (2.99
)
LE11240R0100800190009
6097-E P-219SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder 45° slant type for Sub-spindle (B-axis: 135°)
Gau
ge li
ne
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
R307
.7
(12.11
4)
485 (19.09)217.7 (8.571)
182.7 (7.193) 35 (1.38)
99.5(3.917) 26
(1.02)
50(1.97)
89.8(3.535)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39) 76 (2
.99)
[5 (0.
20)]
44.3 (1
.744)
35 (1.38)
111.2 (
4.378)
80.5 (3
.169)
110 (4
.33)
190.5
(7.50
0)
29 (1
.14)
329.5 (12.972)
177.3 (6.980)
7 (0.2
8)21
7.5 (8
.563)
210.5
(8.28
7)
382.2 (
15.047
)
45°
562.2 (
22.134
) 180 (7.
09)
127.7
(5.028)
1134
.5 (4
4.665
)
1940
(76.3
8)
250 (
9.84)11
0(4
.33)
95.5
(3.76
0)44
.5 (1
.752)
40(1
.57)
260 (
10.24
)44
5.5 (1
7.539
)35
0 (13
.78)
[13 (0.
51)]
39 (1.54)
103
(4.06
)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1803
(70.9
8)13
3 (5.2
4)
95 (3.74
)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1575
(62.0
1) (w
orkin
g ran
ge)
505 (19.88) Travel[7.7 (0.303)] [37.3 (1.469)]
110 (4.33)
237.7 (9.358)267.3 (10.524)
20(0.79)
95.5(3.760)
122.5(4.823)
157 (6.18)
110.3(4.343)
φ5 (0.
20)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
20 (0
.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turr
et (o
ptio
nal)
1.Th
e to
uch
sette
r can
not b
e us
ed u
nder
the
cond
ition
s sh
own
in th
e ab
ove
diag
ram
.2.
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
LE11240R0100800190010
6097-E P-220SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turr
et (o
ptio
nal)
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
R270
(10.63
)
1803
(70.9
8)56
2.2 (2
2.134
)
137
(5.39
)
407 (
16.02
)
76 (2.99
)
119
(4.69
)
1030
(40.5
5)
260 (
10.24
)
133 (
5.24)
34 (1
.34)
100
(3.94
)41 (1.6
1)
14 (0
.55)
103
(4.06
)[13
(0.51)
]40
(1.57
)
[5 (0.
20)]
39 (1.54)
350 (
13.78
)
147 (
5.79)
42(1
.65)
30 (1.18)
356 (
14.02
)
65 (2.56
)
47 (1.85) 67 (2.
64)
28 (1
.10)
1940
(76.3
8)
29 (1
.14)
215 (8.46)
[210 (8.27)]
φ169 (6.65)
485 (19.09)
382.2
(15.0
47)
180 (
7.09)
250 (
9.84) 90
(3.54)
160 (
6.30)
22
(0.87
)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1575
(62.0
1) (w
orkin
g ran
ge)
95 (3.74
)
20 (0.79)[255 (10.04)]
485 (19.09)
30(1.18)186 (7.32)
14 (0.55)
28(1.10)
19(0.75) 75
(2.95)153 (6.02)
75(2.95)
119(4.69)
41(1.61)
93(3.66) 157 (6.18)
177 (6.97)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
φ5 (0.2
0) 20
(0.79)
φ210 (8.27)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
20 (0.79)
LE11240R0100800190011
6097-E P-221SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder base for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h se
tter/s
enso
r for
lo
wer
turr
et (o
ptio
nal)
1029
.9 (4
0.547
)
164.2
(6.46
5)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1803
(70.9
8)
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
5)
180 (
7.09)
250 (
9.84)
243 (
9.57)
43 (1
.69)
65 (2.56
)90 (3.54
)
45 (1.77)
29 (1.14)
485 (19.09)
158 (6.22)65(2.56)
45(1.77)
43(1.69)
194 (7.64)
160 (
6.30)
90 (3.54
)22
(0.87
)
R270
(10.63
)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1520
.4 (5
9.858
) (wo
rking
rang
e)
83.3
(3.28
0) 247.5
(9.74
4)
275 (10.83)230 (9.06)
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
133 (
5.24)
149.6
(5.89
0)
φ5 (0.2
0) 20
(0.79)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.79)
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
215 (8.46)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39) 76 (2
.99)
[5 (0.
20)]
[210 (8.27)]
20 (0.79)[255 (10.04)]
260 (
10.24
)
103
(4.06
)40
(1.57
)
350 (
13.78
)55
2.6 (2
1.756
)
[13 (0.
51)]
39 (1.54)
485 (19.09)
1.Th
e to
uch
sette
r can
not b
e us
ed u
nder
the
cond
ition
s sh
own
in th
e ab
ove
diag
ram
.2.
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
LE11240R0100800190012
6097-E P-222SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-7. Rotary Tool (BT40 BBT40-NBS20-90)
Drill/end mill unit for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)D D
E E
C C
B B
A AU
nit:
mm
(in.
)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
R270 (10
.63)
1803
(70.9
8)
27 (1.06)
77.6
(3.05
5) 23.6
(0.929)
41.1
(1.618)
88.3
(3.476)
53.4
(2.10
2)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el16
16.6
(63.6
46) (
worki
ng ra
nge)
133 (
5.24)
230.6
(9.07
9)
[210 (8.27)]
20 (0.79)485 (19.09)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
[255 (10.04)]
φ210 (8.27)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
[13 (0.
51)]
[5 (0.
20)]
260 (
10.24
)
163 (6.42)143 (5.63)
93(3.66)
40(1.57)
209 (8.23)
1030
(40.5
5)16
16.6
(63.6
46)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
47)
180 (
7.09)
45 (1.77)90
(3.54)
135 (
5.31)
485 (19.09)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39)
76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)
215 (8.46)
186 (7.32)12 (0.47) 19
(0.75)
75(2.95)
60(2.36)
153 (6.02)
407 (
16.02
)
95 (3.74
)11
9(4
.69)
356 (
14.02
)
47 (1.85)
67 (2.64
)28
(1.10
)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
103
(4.06
)
LE11240R0100800200001
6097-E P-223SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck: K
itaga
wa
B-20
6-01
X
φ169 (6.65)
505 (19.88) Travel20 (0.79)
505 (19.88)
396.8 (15.622)
209 (8.23) 40(1.57)
93(3.66)
163 (6.42)
143 (5.63)
60°
485 (19.09)
1030
(40.5
5)41.
1(1.6
18)88
.3(3
.476)
23.6
(0.92
9)77
.6 (3
.055)
1616
.6 (6
3.646
)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
95 (3.74
)95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)65 (2.56
)34 (1.3
4)
95 (3.74)
186 (7.32)
Cross-
section
EE
Cross-
section
DD
Cros
s-sec
tion C
C
Cros
s-sec
tion B
BCr
oss-s
ectio
n AA
(Cro
ss-se
ction
A-A
)
(Cro
ss-se
ction
B-B
)(C
ross-s
ectio
n C-C
)(Cr
oss-s
ectio
n D-D
)(Cros
s-sec
tion E
-E)
119
(4.69
)95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)47 (1.8
5)67 (2.
64)
28(1.
10)
61 (2.40
)
76 (2.99
)29 (1.1
4)
153 (6.02)
133 (5.24)
252.8 (9.953)
406.8 (16.016)
332.4 (13.087)
198 (7.80)
240.8 (9.480)75
(2.95)60
(2.36)19
(0.75)12
(0.47)
φ210 (8.27)
LE11240R0100800200002
6097-E P-224SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
AA
BB
CC
DD
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
φ169 (6.65) Chu
ck: K
itaga
wa
B-20
6-01
X
Gau
ge li
ne
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
485 (19.09)
238 (9.37)
290 (11.42)215 (8.46)
[60 (2.36)]
[15 (0.59)]
27(1.06)
28(1.10)90
(3.54)122
(4.80)25 (0.98)
562.2 (22.134)
382.2 (15.047) 180 (7.09) 135 (5.31)
90(3.54)
45(1.77)
215 (8.46)
R270 (10.63
)
137 (
5.39)
28 (1.10)
5 (0.2
0)85 (3.35
)13
(0.51
) 131 (
5.16)
76 (2.99
)29 (1.
14)
1940
(76.3
8)
45 (1
.77)
42 (1
.65)
81 (3.19
)
1371
(53.9
8)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
260 (
10.24
)
168 (
6.61)
133 (
5.24)
39 (1
.54)
[36 (1.
42)]
103
(4.06
)
φ210 (8.27)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
[13 (0.
51)]
133 (
5.24)
102(4.02)
87(3.43)
42(1.65) 16 (0.63)
274 (10.79)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
LE11240R0100800200003
6097-E P-225SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
382.2 (15.047)
485 (19.09)
180 (7.09) 135 (5.31)
90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)
45(1.77)
215 (8.46)122 (4.80)
27(1.06)
28(1.10)
238 (9.37)
3(0.12)
137 (
5.39)
131
(5.16
)75 (2
.95)
56 (2.20
)60 (2.36
)
5 (0.20
)85 (3.35
)28 (1.10
)13
(0.
51)
95 (3.74)
95 (3.74)
30 (1.1
8)65
(2.
56)65
(2.56)
29 (1.14)
76 (2.99
)266.8 (10.504)φ169(6.65)
109.5(4.311)
275 (10.83)
505 (19.88)
505 (19.88) Travel
15(0.59)
160.2(6.307)
153.2
(6.03
1)15
0(5
.91)
R270
(10.6
3)
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
Gau
ge li
ne
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
1371
(53.9
8)
1940
(76.3
8)
290 (11.42)215 (8.46)505 (19.88)
26 (1.02)
243.8 (9.598)
95 (3.7
4)
95 (3.7
4)95
(3.74)
95 (3.7
4)
42 (1.65)
81 (3.19
)45 (1.7
7)274 (10.79)
16 (0.63)
42(1.65)
87(3.43)
102(4.02)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
aB
-208
A60
1C
φ210 (8.27)
103
(4.06
) 39 (1
.54)
133 (
5.24)
168 (
6.61)
Chuc
k: K
itaga
waB-
206-
01X
(Sam
e w
ith c
ross
-sec
tion
A-A
)
Cros
s-sec
tion A
A
Cro
ss-s
ectio
n B
B
(Cro
ss-s
ectio
n A
-A)
(Cro
ss-s
ectio
n B
-B)
(Cro
ss-s
ectio
n C
-C)
(Cro
ss-s
ectio
n D
-D)
Cross-
section
DD
LE11240R0100800200004
6097-E P-226SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
AA
BBC
D
Cente
r of tu
rret r
otatio
n
485 (19.09)
28(1.10)
36(1.42)
31(1.22)
187 (7.36) 145 (5.71)78(3.07)
φ169 (6.65)
Chuc
k:
Kita
gawa
B-2
06-0
1X
90 (3.
54) 28(1.
10)
55 (2.17)
39 (1.54)
31 (1.22
)
243 (
9.57)
Unit:
mm
(in.
)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret.
1940
(76.3
8)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el1030
(40.5
5)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork le
ngth)
182 (
7.17)
239.5
(9.42
9)57.
5(2.2
64)56
0.5 (2
2.067
)
260 (
10.24
)[13 (0
.51)]
39 (1.54)
103
(4.06
)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
φ210 (8.27)
275 (10.83)
φ550 (21.65)(Max. turning dia.)
[255 (10.04)]
20 (0.79)
485 (19.09)
505 (19.88) Travel
[210 (8.27)]
230 (9.06)
133
(5.24
)15
7.5(6.
201)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el15
12.5
(59.54
7) (w
orking
rang
e)
382.2
(15.0
47)
562.2
(22.1
34)
180 (
7.09)
135 (
5.31)
R270 (1
0.63)
45 (1.77)
27(1.
06)
90 (3.54
)
137
(5.39
)
29 (1.14)
76 (2.99)
215 (8.46)
[5(0.
20)]
Gau
ge lin
e
LE11240R0100800200005
6097-E P-227SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Gau
ge li
ne
Cen
ter o
f tu
rret
rota
tion
[485 (19.09)]
125 (4.92)
267(10.51)145
(5.71)
65(2.56)
115.5(4.547)
272.8(10.740)
187(7.36) 31
(1.22)
36(1.42) 28
(1.10)
78(3.07)
φ270 (10.63)φ169 (6.65)
110(4.33)
195.2(7.685)
414.8 (16.331)
135 (
5.31)
180
(7.09
)38
2.2 (1
5.047
)
45 (1.7
7)
30 (1.18)
90 (3.5
4) 95 (3.7
4)
95 (3.74
)
31 (1
.22)
(Cross
-sectio
n D-D)
Cross-
section
DD
Cross-
section
CC
Cros
s-sec
tion B
B
Cros
s-sec
tion A
A
(Cross
-sectio
n C-C)
(Cro
ss-se
ction
B-B
)(C
ross
-secti
on A
-A)
243
(9.57
)
118
(4.65
)28 (1.10)
70 (2
.76)
39 (1.54)
55 (2.17)
90 (3
.54)76 (2.
99)
29 (1.14)
[5 (0
.20)]
27 (1.0
6)65
(2.56)
65 (2.56
)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
R270 (10
.63)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
39 (1.54
)
103
(4.06
)
φ210 (8.27) 260 (
10.24
)
560.5
(22.0
67)
239.5
(9.42
9)
181.5
(7.14
6)
181.5 (7.146)230 (9.06)
284.8 (11.213)
505 (19.88)
485 (19.09) 20 (0.79)
95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)
58 (2.28
)13
(0.51
)
505 (19.88) Travel
1030
(40.5
5)
1940
(76.3
8)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
133 (
5.24)
LE11240R0100800200006
6097-E P-228SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-8. Rotary Tool (HSK-A63 tool A63DN-CTH20-90S06)
Drill/end mill unit for main spindle (B-axis: 0°)
AA
BB
CC
EE
DD
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Gau
ge li
ne
Cen
ter o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
R270 (10
.63)
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
47)
485 (19.09)
1803
(70.9
8)
26 (1.02)
45 (1.77)
135 (
5.31)
90 (3.5
4)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1616
.6 (6
3.646
) (wo
rking
rang
e)18
0 (7.0
9)
215 (8.46)
75(2.95)
153 (6.02)19
(0.75)
60(2.36)12 (0.47)
186 (7.32)
133 (5.24)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39) 76 (2
.99)
29 (1
.14)
407 (
16.02
)
1030
(40.5
5)
1616
.6 (6
3.646
)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
95 (3.74
)11
9(4
.69)
356 (
14.02
)
47 (1.85)
67 (2.64
)28
(1.10
)[13
(0.51)
]
[5 (0.
20)]
260 (
10.24
)
103
(4.06
)
230.6
(9.07
9)
39 (1.54)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
143 (5.63)163 (6.42)93
(3.66)
40(1.57)209 (8.23)
φ210 (8.27)
[210 (8.27)]
[255 (10.04)]
20 (0.79)485 (19.09)
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
133 (
5.24)
53.4
(2.10
2)
23.6
(0.929)
77.6
(3.05
5)
88.3
(3.476)
41.1
(1.618)
LE11240R0100800210001
6097-E P-229SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
0
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck: K
itaga
wa
B-20
6-01
X
φ169 (6.65)
1030
(40.5
5)
1616
.928 (
63.65
858)
76 (2.99
)
(Cross
-sectio
n E-E)
(Cross
-sectio
n C-C)
(Cross
-sectio
n B-B)
(Cross
-sectio
n A-A)
Cross-
section
AACro
ss-sec
tion BB
Cross-
section
CC
Cross-
section
DD
Cross-
section
EE
(Cross
-sectio
n D-D)
29(1.
14)
186 (7.32)19
(0.75)12
(0.47)
60(2.36)
240.8 (9.480)
252.8 (9.953)198 (7.80)
406.8 (16.016)
75(2.95) 153 (6.02)
65 (2.56
)95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)11
9(4
.69)
133(5.24)95 (3
.74)
95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)
60°
95 (3.74
)95 (3.74
)95 (3.74
)88
.3(3.4
76)
101.5
(3.99
6)41.
1(1.6
18)
61 (2.40
)34 (1.34)
47 (1.85)
67 (2.64
)28
(1.10
)
20 (0.79)505 (19.88) Travel
505 (19.88)
142 (5.59)
162 (6.38)93(3.66)
40(1.57)210 (8.27)
397.8 (15.661)
485 (19.09)
φ210 (8.27)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
LE11240R0100800210002
6097-E P-230SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit for main spindle (B-axis: 90°)
AA
BB
CC
DD
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck: K
itaga
wa
B-20
6-01
X
[13 (0.
51)]
[36 (1.
42)]
260 (
10.24
)13
3(5
.24)
103
(4.06
)16
8 (6.6
1)39
(1.54)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
φ210 (8.27)
16 (0.63)274 (10.79)
42(1.65)87
(3.43)102
(4.02)
133 (
5.24)
45 (1.77)
81 (3.19
)42
(1.65
)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
Gau
ge li
ne
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion R270
(10.63
)
562.2 (22.134)
26 (1.02)
135(5.31)
90 (3.54) 45(1.77)
215(8.46)
238 (9.37)28
(1.10)90(3.54)
122(4.80)
25 (0.98)
27(1.06)
382.2 (15.047)
485 (19.09)
180 (7.09)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39)
5 (0.2
0)
131 (
5.16)
85 (3.35
)28 (1.1
0)13
(0.51
)
210 (
8.27)
76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)
1519
(59.8
0) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
1940
(76.3
8)
1371
(53.9
8)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.) [15 (0.59)]
[60 (2.36)]
290 (11.42)215 (8.46)
LE11240R0100800210003
6097-E P-231SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
109.5(4.311)
65(2.56)
65 (2.56
)95
(3.74
)
5 (0.2
0)
15 (0.59)
95 (3.74
)95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)95 (3.74
)
137 (
5.39)
30 (1.18)
29 (1.1
4)
95 (3.7
4)65
(2.56)
160.2(6.307)
505 (19.88)290 (11.42)215 (8.46)
243.8 (9.598)
135 (5.31)
238 (9.37)122(4.80)
Cen
ter o
f tur
ret r
otat
ion
R270
(10.63
)
382.2 (15.047)
210 (
8.27)
Gau
ge li
ne
φ169 (6.65)
27(1.06)
28(1.10)
266.8 (10.504)
180 (7.09)90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)45(1.77)
505 (19.88) Travel
1940
(76.3
8)
1371
(53.9
8)(C
ross
-secti
on C
-C)
(Cro
ss-se
ction
D-D
)
(Cro
ss-se
ction
B-B
)(C
ross
-secti
on A
-A)
Cross-
section
DD
Cros
s-sec
tion C
C
Cros
s-sec
tion B
B
Cross-
section
AA
76 (2.99
)
131
(5.16
)
13 (0.51) 60 (2.36
)
28 (1.10)
85 (3.35
)56 (2.
20)
75 (2.95
)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
274 (10.79)
133 (
5.24)
16 (0.63)
42(1.65)87
(3.43)102
(4.02)45 (1.7
7)81 (3.19
)42 (1.65)
φ210 (8.27)
103
(4.06
)16
8 (6.6
1)
39 (1
.54)
(Sam
e w
ith c
ross
-sec
tion
A-A
)
LE11240R0100800210004
6097-E P-232SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Drill/end mill unit for sub spindle (B-axis: 180°)
AA
BB
CC
DD
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
R270
(10.63
)
485 (19.09)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el
505 (19.88) Travel
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
1512
.5 (5
9.547
) (wo
rking
rang
e)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1030
(40.5
5)26
0 (10
.24)
560.5
(22.0
67)
182 (
7.17)
57.5
(2.264) 23
9.5 (9
.429)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
[13 (0.
51)]
103
(4.06
)39 (1.5
4)
230 (9.06) 275 (10.83)
φ210 (8.27)
485 (19.09)
133 (
5.24)
157.5
(6.20
1)
[210 (8.27)]
[255 (10.04)]
215 (8.46)
145(5.71)
78(3.07)28
(1.10)
36(1.42)31
(1.22)
187 (7.36)
φ169 (6.65)
137 (
5.39)
76 (2.99
)5 (
0.20)
29 (1.14)
39 (1.54)
31 (1.22)
55 (2.17)
243 (
9.57)
28(1.1
0)
90 (3.54
)
562.2
(22.1
34)
382.2
(15.0
47)
26 (1
.02)
135 (
5.31)
90 (3.5
4)18
0 (7.0
9)45 (1.7
7)
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
LE11240R0100800210005
6097-E P-233SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
206-
01X
(Cro
ss-se
ction
D-D
)
Cros
s-sec
tion D
D
(Cro
ss-se
ction
C-C
)
(Cro
ss-se
ction
B-B
)(C
ross
-secti
on A
-A)
Cros
s-sec
tion B
B
Cros
s-sec
tion A
A
Cross-
section
CC
Gau
ge li
ne
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
R270
(10.6
3)
485 (19.09) 20 (0.79)
30 (1.18)
[505 (19.88)]
272.8 (10.740)
187 (7.36) 31(1.22)
36(1.42)
28(1.10)
78(3.07)
195.2(7.685)
110(4.33)
414.8 (16.331) 125 (4.92)
115.5(4.547)
145 (5.71)
421.7 (16.602)
70 (2.7
6)
382.2
(15.0
47)
95 (3.7
4)
95 (3.74
)
135 (
5.31)
90 (3.5
4)18
0(7
.09)
45 (1
.77)
65 (2.5
6)
65 (2.56
)
[5 (0
.20)]
65(2.56)
φ169 (6.65)φ270 (10.63)
505 (19.88) Travel
39 (1.54)
29 (1.14)
31 (1.22)
243 (
9.57)
76 (2.99
)55 (2.1
7)
28 (1.10)
90 (3.5
4)118
(4.65)
1940
(76.3
8)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1030
(40.5
5)
284.8 (11.213)
505 (19.88)
1803
(70.9
8)16
70 (6
5.75)
Trav
el13
3 (5.2
4)
Chu
ck:
Kita
gaw
a B-
208A
601C
230 (9.06)
φ210 (8.27) 260 (
10.24
)
103
(4.06
)13
(0.51
)
560.5
(22.0
67)
39 (1.54)
239.5
(9.42
9)
182 (
7.17)95 (3
.74)
95 (3.74
)95 (3.74
)
95 (3.74
)
57.5
(2.264)
(Sam
e w
ith c
ross
-sec
tion
A-A
)
LE11240R0100800210006
6097-E P-234SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-9. Turning Tool (Lower Turret)
OD toolholder type I for main
This
draw
ing do
es no
t sho
w the
inter
feren
ce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm
(in.)
38 (1
.50)
[13 (0
.51)]
[5 (0.
20)]
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
uppe
r tur
ret (
optio
nal)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
for
lower
turre
t (op
tiona
l)
13 (0.51)
102 (4.02)103 (4.06)
130 (5.12)
95 (3
.74)
76
(2.99)
29 (1
.14)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
1481
(58.3
1)
310 (
12.20
)40
(1.57
)
15 (0.59)
210 (8.27) Travel
5 (0.20)
[115 (4.53)]
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
122 (
4.80)
1655
(65.1
6)
170 (6.69)
57
(2.24
)
100
(3.94
)
φ210 (8.27)
1940
(76.3
8)
160 (6.30)
205 (8.07) Working range
[230 (9.06)]
39
(1.54)
103 (
4.06)
[179 (
7.05)
][14
7 (5.7
9)]
41
(1.61
)
163 (
6.42)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
142 (5.59) 50 (1.97)
5 (0.20)
169 (6.65)
460 (18.11)
127.5
(5.02
0)
155 (6.10)
291 (11.46)
49 (1
.93)
9(0.35)
95 (3.74)35(1.38)
φ169 (6.65)
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa
B-20
8A60
1C
Chuc
k: K
itaga
wa B
-206
-01X
φ5 (0.2
0)
20 (0
.79)
20 (0.79)
40 (1.57)60 (2.36)
45 (1.77)
LE11240R0100800220001
6097-E P-235SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type I for sub
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
192 (7.56)13 (0.51)
67 (2.64)
138 (5.43)
130 (5.12)
101 (
3.98)
76 (2.9
9)29 (1.
14)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
163 (
6.42)
1475
(58.0
7)34 (1.3
4)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
122 (
4.80)
5 (0.20)205 (8.07)(Working range)
[254 (
10.00
)]16
55 (6
5.16)
45 (1.77
)
170 (6.69)
57 (2.24)
100 (
3.94)
φ210 (8.27)
1940
(76.3
8)
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
210 (8.27)Travel
[230 (9.06)] [115 (4.53)]
39 (1.54)
[13 (0.
51)]
[112
(4.41)]
103 (
4.06)
[65 (2
.56)]
[5 (0
.20)]
20 (0
.79)
40 (1.57)
15 (0.59)
40 (1
.57)
20 (0.79)
310 (
12.20
)
460 (18.11)5
(0.20)
155 (6.10)
9 (0.35)
169(6.65)
291 (11.46)
φ169 (6.65)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
φ5 (0
.20)
60(2.36)
160 (6.30)45 (1.77)
LE11240R0100800220002
6097-E P-236SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type II for main
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
[13 (0.
51)]
1494
(58.8
2) 1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)
79 (3
.11)
131 (5.16)
192 (7.56)13 (0.51)
130 (5.12) 163 (
6.42)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
56.5
(2.22
4)
9(0.35)
169 (6.65) 291 (11.46)5
(0.20)460 (18.11)
210 (8.27) Travel
5 (0.20)
5 (0.20
)
[194.5
(7.65
7)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54)
[115 (4.53)]
[230 (9.06)]
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
1940
(76.3
8)
φ210 (8.27)
100 (
3.94)
170 (6.69)
25.5
(1.00
4)
1655
(65.1
6)
122 (
4.80)
[147 (
5.79)]
45 (1.77)
205 (8.07)(Working range)
20 (0
.79)
20 (0.79)
40 (1
.57)
15 (0.59)
60 (2.36)
40 (1.57)
φ5 (0.20
)
310
(12.2
0)
72.5
(2.85
4)
φ169 (6.65)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
160 (6.30)
74 (2.91)
LE11240R0100800220003
6097-E P-237SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
OD toolholder type II for sub
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
76 (2.99)
29 (1.14)
1655
(65.1
6)(W
orkin
g ran
ge)
13 (0.51)
138 (5.43)
96 (3
.78)
1459
(57.4
4)
148 (
5.83)
160 (6.30)
39 (1.54)
[13 (0
.51)]
103 (
4.06)
φ210 (8.27)
[257 (
10.12
)]
1940
(76.3
8)
[93.5
(3.68
1)]
122 (
4.80)
[49.5
(1.949)
]
[5 (0
.20)]
169 (6.65)
460 (18.11)
5 (0.20)
291 (11.46)
9(0.35)
100 (
3.94)
18 (0.71)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
1655
(65.1
6)
60.5
(2.38
2)
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
205 (8.07) (Working range)
[230 (9.06)] [115 (4.53)]
210 (8.27) Travel
163 (
6.42)21
.5 (0
.846)
129 (5.08)13 (0.51)
20 (0.79)
40 (1
.57)
15 (0.59)
40 (1.57)
φ5 (0.2
0)
310 (
12.20
)
170 (6.69)
155 (6.10)
5 (0.20)
72.5
(2.85
4)
φ169 (6.65)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
20 (0.7
9)
50 (1.97)
192 (7.56)
60 (2.36)
45 (1.77)
67 (2.64)
LE11240R0100800220004
6097-E P-238SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder type I for main
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
40 (1.57)
60 (2.36)
1680
(66.1
42) T
rave
l26
0 (10
.24)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
(Wor
king r
ange
)12
2 (4.8
0)16
3 (6.4
2)
39.5
(1.55
5)14
79 (5
8.23)
143 (5.63)
20 (0.79)
20 (0
.79)
40 (1.57)
40 (1
.57)
[111.5
(4.39
0)]
φ210 (8.27)
1940
(76.3
8)
20 (0.79) 160 (6.30)[255 (10.04)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54)
[13 (0
.51)]
[5 (0.
20)]
122 (
4.80)
310 (
12.20
)
180 (7.09)(Working range)
30(1.18)
150 (
5.91)
30 (1.18)
155 (6.10)
170 (6.69)
105 (4.13)
100 (
3.94)
9 (0.35)
266 (10.47)169 (6.65)
465 (18.31)
51.5 (2.0
28)51.5
(2.028)
435 (17.13)
[115(4.53)]
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
101 (
3.98)
35.5
(1.39
8)
108
(4.25
)
1655
(65.1
6)[17
3.5 (6
.831)
]
13 (0.51) 147 (5.79)
φ169 (6.65)
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
210 (8.27) Travel
29 (1.14)
76 (2
.99)
φ5 (0.2
0)
30 (1.18)
135 (5.31)
20 (0.79)
13 (0.51)
37 (1.46)
LE11240R0100800220005
6097-E P-239SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder type I for sub
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
40(1.57)
60(2.36)
76 (2.99
)29 (1.1
4)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
(Wor
king r
ange
)12
2 (4.8
0)16
3 (6.4
2)
39.5
(1.55
5)14
79 (5
8.23)
143 (5.63)
147 (5.79)13(0.51)
φ5 (0.2
0)
20(0.79)
20 (0
.79)
40 (1.57)
40 (1.57
)
[214.5
(8.44
5)]
φ210 (8.27)
1940
(76.3
8)
20 (0.79) 160 (6.30)[255 (10.04)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54)
[13 (0.51)]
[108
(4.25
)]
122
(4.80
)
310
(12.2
0)
180 (7.09)(Working range)
210 (8.27) Travel
30(1.18)
155 (6.10)
170 (6.69)105 (4.13)
100 (
3.94)
9(0.35)
266 (10.47)169 (6.65)
465 (18.31)
435 (17.13)
[115(4.53)]
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
101 (
3.98)
138.5
(5.45
3)
5(0
.20)
1655
(65.1
6)[70
.5 (2.
776)]
51.5
(2.028)
51.5
(2.028)
150
(5.91
)
φ169 (6.65)
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
30 (1.18)
135 (5.31)20 (0.79)
30(1.18)
37 (1.46)
LE11240R0100800220006
6097-E P-240SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder type II for main
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
60(2.36)
13 (0.51)
100 (
3.94)
35 (1
.38)
76 (2.99
)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
(Wor
king r
ange
)12
2 (4.8
0)16
3 (6.4
2)
1483
(58.3
9)
114 (4.49)19(0.75)
143 (5.63)
40(1.57)
40(1.57)
40 (1
.57)
68 (2
.68)
[135 (
5.31)
][14
9 (5.8
7)]
φ210 (8.27)
1940
(76.3
8)
1656
(65.2
0)
20 (0.79) 160 (6.30)[255 (10.04)]
103 (
4.06)
39 (1.54)
[13 (0
.51)]
[7 (0
.28)]
122 (
4.80)
310 (
12.20
)
180 (7.09)(Working range) 30(1.18)
210 (8.27) Travel
150 (
5.91)
30 (1.18)
50 (1.97)
155 (6.10)
170 (6.69)
105 (4.13)
100 (
3.94)
9(0.35)
266 (10.47)169 (6.65)30
(1.18)
465 (18.31)
14 (0
.55)
435 (17.13)
[115 (4.53)]
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
φ169 (6.65)
φ5 (0.2
0)20
(0.79)
38 (1
.50)
29 (1.14)
20 (0.79)
135 (5.31)
34(1.34)
37(1.46)
LE11240R0100800220007
6097-E P-241SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder type II for sub
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
29 (1
.14)
13 (0.51)
38 (1.50
)
1482
(58.3
5)
114 (4.49)
37(1.46)
143 (5.63)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
(Wor
king r
ange
)12
2 (4.8
0)16
3 (6.4
2)
76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)
37 (1.46)
98 (3
.86)
30(1.18)210 (8.27) Travel
50 (1.97
)
[13 (0
.51)]
1655
(65.1
6)
φ 5 (0.2
0)
20(0.79)
40 (1.57)
40 (1
.57)
50 (1.97
)
100 (
3.94)
170 (6.69)135(5.31)
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
180 (7.09) (Working range)
[255 (10.04)] [115(4.53)]
105 (4.13)
95 (3.74
)
266 (10.47)
155 (6.10)
30 (1.18)
39 (1.54)
φ210 (8.27)[213 (
8.39)
]
103 (
4.06)
310 (
12.20
)
[71 (2
.80)]
[72 (2
.83)]
1940
(76.3
8)
122
(4.80
)
20 (0.79) 160 (6.30)
435 (17.13)
60 (2.36)
169 (6.65)
465 (18.31)
φ169 (6.65)
20 (0.7
9) 30(1.18)
34(1.34)
19(0.75)
40(1.57)
LE11240R0100800220008
6097-E P-242SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder type II-R for main
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
76 (2.99
)
29 (1.14
)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
(Wor
king r
ange
)12
2 (4.8
0)16
3 (6.4
2)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
[5 (0.
20)]
[4(0.1
6)]
20 (0.79)147 (5.79)
136 (5.35)19
(0.75)25 (0.98)
38 (1
.50)
[1482
(58.3
5)]
34 (1
.34)
465 (18.31)
169(6.65)
60 (2.36)
435 (17.13)
160 (6.30)20 (0.79)
122 (
4.80)
1940
(76.3
8)
[172 (
6.77)
]
310 (
72.20
)
103 (
4.06)
[113 (
4.45)
]
φ210 (8.27)
39 (1.54)
30(1.18)
155 (6.10)
266 (10.47)
100 (
3.94)
105 (4.13)
[115(4.53)]
[255 (10.04)]
180 (7.09) (Working range)
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
135(5.31)
170 (6.69)
100 (
3.94)
40 (1
.57)
40 (1.57)
1655
(65.1
6)
[13 (0
.51)]
30 (1.18)
40 (1.57)
50 (1.97)
210 (8.27) Travel30
(1.18)
13 (0.51)
101 (
3.98)
φ169 (6.65)
φ5 (0.2
0)20
(0.79)
20 (0.79)
LE11240R0100800220009
6097-E P-243SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
ID toolholder type II-R for sub
This
draw
ing do
es no
t inclu
de th
e inte
rfere
nce w
ith th
e low
er tu
rret.
Unit:
mm (in
.)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r up
per t
urre
t (op
tiona
l)
Touc
h sett
er/se
nsor
posit
ion fo
r low
er tu
rret (
optio
nal)
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
06-0
1X
Chuc
k: Ki
tagaw
a B-2
08A6
01C
105 (4.13)30 (1.18)
40(1.57)
60 (2.36)
40 (1.57)
135 (5.31)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
122 (
4.80)
163 (
6.42)
1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
260 (
10.24
)
76 (2.99
)29
(1.14)
1482
(58.3
5)38
(1.50
)10
1 (3.9
8)
19(0.75) 136 (5.35)25 (0.98)
13 (0.51) 147 (5.79)
34 (1.34)
1655
(65.1
6)
[465 (18.31)]
310 (
12.20
)
[4 (0
.16)]
[109 (
4.29)
][17
6 (6.9
3)]
137 (
5.39)
63 (2.48
)
200 (7.87)
100 (
3.94)[68
(2.68
)]
[13 (0
.51)]
39 (1.54)
103 (
4.06)
[115(4.53)]
[255 (10.04)]
210 (8.27) Travel
160 (6.30)20 (0.79)
φ550 (21.65)(Max machining dia)
1940
(76.3
8)
φ210 (8.27)
20 (0.7
9)φ5
(0.20)
465 (18.31)
169 (6.65) 296 (11.65)
180 (7.09) (Working range)
φ169 (6.65)
20(0.79)
40 (1
.57)20
(0.79)
LE11240R0100800220010
6097-E P-244SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-10.Working Ranges of Upper and Lower Turrets in Longitudinal Direction
Lower turret equipped with ID toolholder base type II-R for sub spindle
(Tool
length
)(w
ork l
ength
)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
[485 (19.09)] [20 (0.79)]
505 (19.88) Travel (the upper turret)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
382.2
(15.0
47)
137 (
5.39)
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
φ169 (6.65)
φ120 (4.72)
76 (2.99
)29
(1.14
)9 (
0.35)
200 (
7.87)
63 (2.48)
137 (
5.39)
742.2
(29.2
20) 20
(0.79)
180 (
7.09)
180 (
7.09)
105 (4.
13)36
1 (14
.21)
370 (
14.57
)
11 (0
.43)
Clea
ranc
e
5 (0.20) Clearance
(the lower turret)
12.8
(0.50
4)
Clea
ranc
e10
(0.39
) Clea
ramc
e
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
210 (8.27) Travel
190 (7.48)(working range)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
(Upp
er tu
rret)
1655
(65.1
6) Tr
avel
(Low
er tu
rret)
1940
(76.3
8)
122
(4.80
)16
80 (6
6.14)
Trav
el (2
nd sp
indle)
φ210 (8.27)
φ150 (5.91)
133 (
5.24)
356 (
14.02
)
[13 (0
.51)]
[465 (18.31)]135 (5.31) 170 (6.69)
100
(3.94
)16
3 (6.4
2)
260 (
10.24
)
103
(4.06
)14
(0.55
)37
0 (14
.57)
142 (
5.59) 39 (1.5
4)
LE11240R0100800230001
6097-E P-245SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-5-11.B-axis Rotation Range
When the largest tool is installed in the spindle
B-ax
is ro
tation
rang
e in Z
dire
ction
enab
led w
hen X
-axis
is
locate
d in p
ositiv
e lim
it and
Y= 0
Tool:
φ130
(5.12
) x 30
0 (11
.81) (
L)W
orkp
iece i
n main
spind
le: φ1
50 (5
.91) x
200 (
7.87)
(L)
Wor
kpiec
e in s
ub sp
indle:
φ120
(4.72
) x 20
0 (7.8
7) (L
)
This
dra
win
g do
es n
ot s
how
the
inte
rfere
nce
with
the
low
er tu
rret
.
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
Chu
ck: K
itaga
wa
B-20
6-01
XC
huck
: K
itaga
wa
B-20
8A60
1C
Gau
ge li
ne
1803
(70.9
8)
400 (
15.75
)
562.2 (22.134)
485 (19.09)
137 (
5.39)
4.2 (0.165)
Clearance
8.3 (0.327)
Clearance
9.7 (0.382) Clearance
9.3 (0.366) Clearance
200
(7.87
)9 (0.3
5)
29 (1.14
)76 (2.99
)
R484
.4 (19
.071)
R400
.3 (15
.760)
800 (
31.50
) (B-
axis
rotat
ion ra
nge)
1670
(65.7
5) Tr
avel
Cent
er o
f tu
rret r
otat
ion
300 (11.81)
0.6 (0.024)
215 (8.46)
φ169 (6.65)
φ120 (4.72)
φ130 (
5.12)
950 (
37.40
)73
0 (28
.74)
392 (
15.43
)47
0 (18
.50)
133 (
5.24)
260 (
10.24
)200
(7.87
)
1940
(76.3
8)1680
(66.1
4) Tr
avel
1520
(59.8
4) (M
ax. w
ork l
ength
)
φ550 (21.65) (Max. turning dia.)
φ210 (8.27)
φ150 (5.91)
39 (1.54)
103
(4.06
)
14 (0
.55)
[13 (0
.51)]
LE11240R0100800240001
6097-E P-246SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-6. Dimensions of Spindle NoseMain spindle (JIS-A2-6)
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
30°
11-M
12
M8
84.
6(0
.181
)(0
.31)
-0.02(0.75 ) φ19 φ106.375
φ105.97 -0.05φ133.4 (5.252)
φ165 (6.50)
φ69.99 (2.7555)
-0.04-0.0008-0.0016
(4.1720 ) 0-0.0020
(4.18799 ) +0.00039 0
+0.0100
0
Tape
r 1/1
0
25 (0
.98)
14.2
88(0
.562
52)
Unit: mm (in.)
7°7'
30"
LE11240R0100800250001
6097-E P-247SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
JIS-A2-8
11-M
16
(11
plac
e in
12
equi
angu
lar
pos
ition
)
(pitc
h : 2
mm
)(0
.08
in.)
M10
10(0
.39)
6 (0.2
4)
φ23.813(0.93752)
139.719 (5.50075)φ155 (6.10)
R85.725 (3.37500) R85.725 (3.37500)
φ210 (8.27)
φ90 (3.54)
φ80 (3.15)
φ139.319 (5.48500)
Tape
r 1/1
0
29 (1
.14)
100
(3.9
4)
15.8
75(0
.625
00)
Unit: mm (in.)
7° 7 ' 30
"
LE11240R0100800250002
6097-E P-248SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Φ140 mm (5.51 in.) flat nose (Sub Spindle)
7 (0
.28)
38.3
4 (1
.509
4)1
(0.0
4)38
(1.5
0)
φ140 (5.51) h50-0.018 (0.00071)
φ43 (1.69)
Uni
t : m
m (i
n.)
Tape
r 6°
12-M
10
φ270 (10.63)
φ60 (2.36)
φ80 (3.15)
φ104.8 (4.126)
LE11240R0100800250003
6097-E P-249SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-7. Hydraulic Power Chuck and CylinderMain spindle
φ210 (8.27)
822 (
32.36
)
φ62(2.44)
φ60(2.36)φ52
(2.05)
MAX
50 (1
.97)
1.6(0
.063)
50 (1.97
)10
3 (4.0
6)39 (1.54
)66
(2.60
)13
0 (5.1
2)44
5.4 (1
7.535
)11
3 (4.4
5)58
4 (22
.99)
φ145(5.71)
3/4
B208
A060
1C+S
S145
2C01
Max.
spee
dPl
unge
r tra
vel
Jaw
trave
l (in d
iamete
r)Cl
ampin
g for
ceW
orkin
g hyd
rauli
c pre
ssur
eTh
rust
4,800
min-1
16 m
m (0
.63 in
.)7.4
mm
(0.29
1 in.)
84 kN
(18,9
00 lb
f)2.9
MPa
(420
.8 ps
i)34
kN (7
,650 l
bf)
Chuc
k & C
ylind
er S
pecif
icatio
ns
Kitag
awa B
208A
601C
Max.
spee
d
Plun
ger t
rave
lJa
w tra
vel (i
n diam
eter)
Allow
able
thrus
t4,8
00 m
in-1
16 m
m (0
.63 in
.)7.4
mm
(0.29
1 in.)
34 kN
(7,65
0 lbf)
Chuc
k Spe
cifica
tions
Cylin
der S
pecif
icatio
ns
Chuc
k typ
e
Jaw
clamp
ing fo
rce84
kN (1
8,900
lbf)
Kitag
awa S
S145
2C01
Max.
spee
d
Pisto
n tra
vel
Pisto
n thr
ust
6,500
min-1
52.6
kN (1
1,835
lbf)
22 m
m (0
.87 in
.)
55.9
kN (1
2,578
lbf)
Cylin
der t
ype
4.5 M
Pa (6
53.0
psi)
Max.
hydr
aulic
pres
sure
Weig
ht15
.0 kg
(33.0
lb)
Push
Pull
(Hyd
rauli
c for
ce:
4.5 M
Pa (6
53.0
psi))
Uni
t: m
m (i
n.)
(MIN
34 (1
.34))
Left e
nd co
ver
584-
3000
-02
555-
3005
-17-
04
M60P
2M6
0P2
6-M86-
M10
LE11240R0100800260001
6097-E P-250SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-M
106-
M12
M24
M20
555-
3005
-08
555-
3001
-05-
01
Left
end
cove
r
Uni
t : m
m (i
n.)
(MAX
110 (
4.33)
)
P52 P35
555-
3005
-07-
01
584
(22.
99)
1.6
(0.0
63)
604
(23.
78)
50 (1
.97)
97 (3
.82)
39 (1
.54)
MIN
89 (3
.50)
5 (0
.20)
115
(4.5
3)26
0 (1
0.24
)37
9.4
(14.
937)
363
(14.
29)
20 (0
.79)
45.4
(1.7
87)
1.6
(0.0
63)
241
(9.4
9)φ35 (1.38)
φ62 (2.44)
φ130 (5.12)φ212 (8.35)
25 k
N (5
625
lbf)
Thru
st
2.4
MPa
(348
.2 p
si)W
orkin
g hy
drau
lic p
ress
ure
84 k
N (1
8900
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
8.8
mm
(0.3
46 in
.)
21 m
m (0
.83
in.)
4500
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
edN
-08A
601A
+Y12
25R
E01
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
10.5
kg
(23.
1 lb
)W
eigh
t
4.0
MPa
(580
.4 p
si)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pres
sure
25 m
m (0
.98
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
42 k
N (9
450
lbf)
-160
00 m
in
45 k
N (1
0125
lbf)
Max
spe
edK
itaga
wa
Y12
25RE
01Cy
linde
r typ
e
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
Pull
Push
(Hyd
rauli
c for
ce:4
.5M
Pa (6
53.0
psi)
)
Pis
ton
thru
st
75 k
N (1
6875
lbf)
8.8
mm
(0.3
46 in
.)
21 m
m (0
.83
in.)
25 k
N (5
625
lbf)
-145
00 m
in
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trave
l (in
dia
met
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
edKi
taga
wa N
-08A
601A
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
LE11240R0100800260002
6097-E P-251SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Opposing Spindle
Uni
t : m
m (i
n.)
6-M
8M
42P
1.5
M52
P1.
5
✩ 5
84-0
501-
20✩
584
-050
1-07
M52
P1.
5
MIN
22 (0
.87)
20
(0.7
9)
43 (1
.69)
742
(29.
21)
MA
X34
(1.3
4)
11 (0
.43)
2 (0
.08)
21.4
(0.84
3)18
0 (7
.09)
676
(26.
61)
7 (0
.28)
28 (1
.10)
79 (3
.11)
φ43 (1.69)
φ42 (1.65)
φ32.5 (1.280)
6 (0
.24)
147 (5.79) φ
φ169 (6.65)
57 k
N (1
2825
lbf)
5.5
mm
(0.2
17 in
.)
12 m
m (0
.47
in.)
22 k
N (4
950
lbf)
-160
00 m
in
Jaw
cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
Jaw
trave
l (in
dia
met
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Allo
wab
le th
rust
Max
spe
edK
itaga
wa
B20
6-01
Cyl
inde
r typ
e
Chu
ck S
peci
ficat
ions
9.5
kg (2
0.9
lb)
Wei
ght
4.5
MPa
(653
.0 p
si)M
ax h
ydra
ulic
pres
sure
16 m
m (0
.63
in.)
Pis
ton
trave
l
34.8
kN
(783
0 lb
f)
-180
00 m
in
39.0
kN
(877
5 lb
f)
Max
spe
edK
itaga
wa
SS
1243
C01
Cylin
der t
ype
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
Pull
Push
(Hyd
rauli
c for
ce:4
.05
MPa
(587
.66
psi))
Pist
on th
rust
22 k
N (4
950
lbf)
Thru
st
2.65
MPa
(384
.52
psi)
Wor
king
hydr
aulic
pre
ssur
e
57 k
N (1
2825
lbf)
Cla
mpi
ng fo
rce
5.5
mm
(0.2
17 in
.)
12 m
m (0
.47
in.)
6000
min
-1
Jaw
trav
el (i
n di
amet
er)
Plu
nger
trav
el
Max
spe
edB
206-
01+S
S12
43C
01
Chu
ck &
Cyl
inde
r Spe
cific
atio
ns
LE11240R0100800260003
6097-E P-252SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-8. Hydraulic Circuit Diagram
Low
High
C-ax
is dr
ain
C-ax
is hy
drau
lic
man
ifold
block
fo
r sub
chuc
k
Sub
head
stoc
k
Brak
e ON
/OFF
Chuc
k op
en/cl
ose
Orific
e siz
eφ0
.5 mm
(0.02
0 in.)
Set p
ress
ure
Low
High
C-a
xis
drai
n
C-ax
is hy
drau
lic
man
ifold
block
fo
r main
chuc
k
Hea
dsto
ck
Brak
e ON
/OFF
Chuc
k op
en/cl
ose
Hyd
raul
ic u
nit m
anifo
ld b
lock
Hyd
raul
ic u
nit
T P
DR
Mag
azin
e/AT
C c
entra
lized
man
ifold
blo
ck
Rea
dy s
tatio
n
Hydr
aulic
sour
ce p
ress
ure
set v
alue
4.5
MPa
(653
.0 p
si)
RS sw
ing
OUT
INAT
C too
l cha
nge
posit
ionM
agaz
ine
side
Turre
t cla
mp/
uncla
mp
Clam
pUn
clam
pUn
clam
pCl
amp
Clam
pUn
clam
pTo
ol cla
mp/un
clamp
Spind
le cla
mp/un
clamp
Clam
pUn
clamp
Tool
IN/O
UT at
RS
H1
turr
et
Orific
e siz
eφ0
.5 mm
(0.02
0 in.)
Set p
ress
ure
0.5M
Pa
(72.
6 ps
i)
Clam
pUn
clamp
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 21 22
23
124 63
7
8
5
9
Low
er tu
rret
Clam
p
Turre
t cla
mp/un
clamp
Uncla
mp
99
9
9
9
10
11
1111
11
11
12
13
1417
18
18
18
24
25
B-ax
is br
ake
0.00
1°o.
p
B-axis
low
-press
ure
brake
0.00
1°o.
p
0.5M
Pa
(72.
6 ps
i)
LE11240R0100800270001
6097-E P-253SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
No. Part Name Used for Maker Type Okuma Part No.1 Oil tank Hydraulic unit Okuma Engineering
2 Hydraulic pump Hydraulic unit NACHI UVN-1A1A3-22-4-6128A
3 Suction filter Hydraulic unit Daiei YMD-60615 H0032-0005-74
4 Line filter Hydraulic unit Yamashin DT-04-30-10-RC1/2 H0032-0009-94
5 Pressure gauge Hydraulic unit Nagano GV50-173-10 MPa T019-400-007-80
6 Radiator Hydraulic unit Koyo Radiator W307-01 H0110-0004-59
7 Level switch Hydraulic unit ASK LSN-105L-A-11
8 Pressure switch Hydraulic unit Nagano CP20-213 E3040-539-056
9 S solenoid valve
Hydraulic unitUpper turret unclamp
Upper turret B-axis brakeUpper turret B-axis high/low brake
C-axis brake drain (main SP)C-axis brake drain (sub SP)
NACHI SA-G01-A3X-K-D2-5377A F0001-431-000-98
10 D solenoid valveChuck open/close (main SP)
(lower turret unclamp)Chuck open/close (sub SP)
NACHI SA-G01-E3X-K-D2-5377A F0000-431-000-45
11 D solenoid valve
C-axis brake (main SP)C-axis brake (sub SP)M spindle tool unclamp
M-tool SP clamp/unclampReady station swing
NACHI SA-G01-C6-K-D2-5377A F0000-445-000-94
12 D solenoid valve Tool insertion/extraction at ready station NACHI SA-G01-C5-K-D2-5377A F0000-442-001-38
13 Reducing valve Chuck pressure (main SP)Chuck pressure (sub SP) NACHI OG-G01-PC-K-21 F0011-630-000-11
14 Reducing valve C-axis brake pressure (main SP)C-axis brake pressure (sub SP) NACHI OG-G01-B1-21 F0011-740-000-31
15 Check valve Upper turret unclamp NACHI OCP-G01-A1-21 F0040-980-000-20
16 Check valve Ready station swing NACHI OCP-G01-W1-20 F0040-980-000-11
17 Speed control valveReady station swing
Tool insertion/extraction at ready station
NACHI OCY-G01-W-Y-20 F0031-980-000-04
18 Pressure gauge
Chuck pressure (main SP)Chuck pressure (sub SP)
C-axis brake pressure (main SP)C-axis brake pressure (sub SP)
Nagano GV55-673 6MPA containing glycerin T019-400-006-50
19 Hydraulic cylinder Tool insertion/extraction at ready station Horiuchi F8SA-1LB32B70B85BAD H0000-0010-11
20 Check valve Sub spindle cylinder drain Ihara KZC16-050N F0040-683-000-03
21 Trochoid pump Sub spindle cylinder drain NOP TOP-2MY400-IP-204HBMVB5 F0101-61-000-05
22 Strainer Sub spindle cylinder drain Masuda W-MSN-02 H0032-0012-14
23 Level switch Sub spindle cylinder drain Noken OLV-5-12 with 2 terminal boxes H0090-0003-63
24 Reducing valve Upper turret B-axis high/low brake NACHI OGS-G01-P1C-K-D2-22 F0011-720-000-20
25 Pressure switch Upper turret B-axis brake Nagano CP20-731-0-70K
6097-E P-254SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-9. Air Circuit Diagram
-12H
S-3
FAB4
1-8-
5
-DC2
4VFA
D-8A
-2HS
B
Drain
vacu
um
(with
clog
ged f
ilter c
heck
er)
SC3R
-8
M400
0-10
-FL
M sp
indle
air pu
rge
GFAB
41-5
-2-1
2HS-
3
-02H
S-DC
24V
ADK1
1-15
AFX10
11-1
5-F
APE-
8T-3
N
F400
0-15
-F-B
R300
0-10
-T G
41-4
-8-S
2(G
41D-
8-P0
4)
SC3G
-6-8 Ma
in ch
uck a
ir blow
2nd c
huck
air bl
ow
(G41
D-8-
P10)
R300
0-10
-T8-
B
Set p
ress
ure:
0.5 M
Pa (7
2.6 ps
i)
SLW
-10A
ATC
shutt
er 2
ATC
shutt
er 1
PT1/4
SC1-
8
M4GB
330-
08-B
-2-3
RS ai
r blow
SOL
M co
olant
SOL
Thro
ugh c
oolan
t
FAD-
10A-
2HS-
3 DC2
4V
Mist
lubric
ation
GFAB
41-5
-2-1
2HS-
3
Thro
ugh-
spind
le air
ATC
air bl
ow
End f
ace a
ir blow
Set p
ressu
re: 0.
2 MPa
(29.0
psi)
Set p
ressu
re: 0.
2 MPa
(29.0
psi)
Flow
rate:
50
L/mi
n (13
.2 gp
m) (A
NR)
Flow
rate:
50
L/mi
n (13
.2 gp
m) (A
NR)
Flow
rate:
80 L/
min (
21.1
gpm)
(ANR
)Flo
w rat
e: 95
L/mi
n (25
.1 gp
m) (A
NR)
Flow
rate:
100 L
/min
(26.4
gpm)
(ANR
)
Flow
rate:
95 L/
min (
25.1
gpm)
(ANR
)
Flow
rate:
95 L/
min (
25.1
gpm)
(ANR
)
Flow
rate:
100 L
/min
(26.4
gpm)
(ANR
)
Flow
rate:
100 L
/min
(26.4
gpm)
(ANR
)
Air p
anel
Supp
lied ai
r pres
sure:
0.5 t
o 0.6
MPa
(72.6
to 87
.1 ps
i)
LE11240R0100800280001
6097-E P-255SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-10. Piping Drawings
6-10-1.Hydraulic Piping
Hydraulic Piping for Main Spindle
42
41
45
45
44
44
41
42
43
43
LE11240R0100800290001
6097-E P-256SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for Tailstock
104
114
111
107
108
111
105
101
102
108
104
107
103
115 11
611
511
6101
102
106
114
103
106
105
LE11240R0100800290002
6097-E P-257SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for Sub Spindle
124
121
121
123 13
1
125
124
122
131
125
126
126
123
122
LE11240R0100800290003
6097-E P-258SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for Upper Turret
12
10
913
3
1
2
13
10
14
4
2 1
4
3
11
11
14
12
9
LE11240R0100800290004
6097-E P-259SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for Upper Turret (B-axis with 0.001° Index Increment Option)
7072
71
70
7172
LE11240R0100800290005
6097-E P-260SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for Lower Turret
141
142
141
142
LE11240R0100800290006
6097-E P-261SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for ATC
6
5
78
6
5
8
7
LE11240R0100800290007
6097-E P-262SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for Multiple Tool Magazine (1)
18118
2
182
181
183
185
187
186
184
188
LE11240R0100800290008
6097-E P-263SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for Multiple Tool Magazine (2)
184
183
LE11240R0100800290009
185
186
LE11240R0100800290010
6097-E P-264SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic Piping for Multiple Tool Magazine (3)
a
a
187
188
LE11240R0100800290011
6097-E P-265SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
6-10-2.Pneumatic Piping
Pneumatic Piping for ATC Shutter (1)
a
a
62 61
LE11240R0100800300001
6097-E P-266SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Pneumatic Piping for ATC Shutter (2)
A
aFR
OM
AIR
PA
NE
L
60
25
61
62
2726
26
27
60
a
A
Enla
rged
vie
w of
LE11240R0100800300002
6097-E P-267SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Pneumatic Piping for Parts Catcher (1)
DE
TAIL
B
B
a
a
68
67
LE11240R0100800300003
6097-E P-268SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Pneumatic Piping for Parts Catcher (2)
A
DE
TAIL
A
66 65
LE11240R0100800300004
6097-E P-269SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
Pneumatic Piping for the Automatic Front Door
178
177
179
180
LE11240R0100800300005
6097-E P-270SECTION 6 TECHNICAL DATA
AIR PANEL
A
Enl
arge
d vi
ew o
f
178
180 68
65
177
179
6766
25
A
LE11240R0100800300006
This manual may be at variance with the actual product due to specification or design changes.Please also note that specifications are subject to change without notice.If you require clarification or further explanation of any point in this manual, please contact your OKUMA representative.
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS
Publication No. Date Edition
6097-E October 2012 1st
Original Instruction Manual
Top Related